<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:blogger='http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523</id><updated>2024-09-08T05:24:56.513-07:00</updated><category term="Portable PA System"/><category term="Compressors"/><category term="Wiring"/><category term="Audio Setup for Office"/><category term="Cable Connections"/><category term="Equalizer"/><category term="Gate"/><category term="Pro PA Setup"/><category term="Setting Mic For Drums"/><category term="Stage Speakers Setup"/><category term="Basic PA setup"/><category term="Crossover"/><category term="Frequency for Instruments"/><category term="Ground Loops"/><category term="Hum"/><category term="Mackie DL1608 - 16 Channel Digital Live Sound Mixer with I-Pad control."/><category term="Mixer Connections"/><category term="Monitor Setup"/><category term="Snake Cables"/><title type='text'>PA System</title><subtitle type='html'>Everything you need to know to Set an Audio System.</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default?redirect=false'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default?start-index=26&amp;max-results=25&amp;redirect=false'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>28</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-4153551050267302152</id><published>2013-08-17T09:48:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2013-08-17T09:48:59.393-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Mackie DL1608 - 16 Channel Digital Live Sound Mixer with I-Pad control."/><title type='text'>Mackie DL1608 - 16 Channel Digital Live Sound Mixer with I-Pad control.</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjz31mwqJdy2dRbsAnmbXD4rkK03H9yYs2RIlAdbLvk-SLKMEDnOkdDP-rPL51Yl4ckQ2vqWS-EorMeLO7NArCAH9deh4DNxkOe1vD_VAj1Z9aIzWhkHLyTm8PDvLT_elAjyewmE1dfqIHu/s1600/DL1608_Top_Slide.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;313&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjz31mwqJdy2dRbsAnmbXD4rkK03H9yYs2RIlAdbLvk-SLKMEDnOkdDP-rPL51Yl4ckQ2vqWS-EorMeLO7NArCAH9deh4DNxkOe1vD_VAj1Z9aIzWhkHLyTm8PDvLT_elAjyewmE1dfqIHu/s320/DL1608_Top_Slide.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiKU2dG_WW180eo-0Wv6KTQY-oxSwLqEsIONO4t4SZOTgAjDWfh9S8E0ieaUlDbGLLfg3OZ4uCCFeysgHlkBgmTuyreWlMZC7Z3g_awn0SZl97uT73S_ttaL1gaN2pDgDcPZ3gM2WgVe9cY/s1600/DL1608_FrontSlant.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;246&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiKU2dG_WW180eo-0Wv6KTQY-oxSwLqEsIONO4t4SZOTgAjDWfh9S8E0ieaUlDbGLLfg3OZ4uCCFeysgHlkBgmTuyreWlMZC7Z3g_awn0SZl97uT73S_ttaL1gaN2pDgDcPZ3gM2WgVe9cY/s320/DL1608_FrontSlant.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiN-mqDfC4CABRCoG7o4Z3ATZLEAVIUuYgHGkjc4RvOa2DOZBwHH68Thbc0xKx84g-CYRLrpZwwoYRoTSBxbTJUGr0Cpe3b4mM6NJQK5YR3hihpyQtTfnzdiHdz4FbpYV-38fH5Rfx_8Ko2/s1600/DL1608_RearPanel.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;225&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiN-mqDfC4CABRCoG7o4Z3ATZLEAVIUuYgHGkjc4RvOa2DOZBwHH68Thbc0xKx84g-CYRLrpZwwoYRoTSBxbTJUGr0Cpe3b4mM6NJQK5YR3hihpyQtTfnzdiHdz4FbpYV-38fH5Rfx_8Ko2/s320/DL1608_RearPanel.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Proven Hardware That Sounds Great&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 16 Onyx mic preamps&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; High-end Cirrus Logic® converters&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ultra low-noise, high-headroom design&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 6 aux sends for monitor mixes&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Master L/R output for mains&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tons of Built-In Processing&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Choice of powerful, touch-sensitive plug-ins&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 4-band EQ, gate and compression on inputs&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 31-band GEQ and comp/limiter on outputs&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Global reverb and delay&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Wireless Mixing&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Seamless wired to wireless mixing&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Tune the room from anywhere&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Get on stage to ring out monitors&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Personal monitor mixing with access control ability&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Use up to 10 wireless devices simultaneously&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Total Control from Your iPad, iPhone or iPod touch&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Intuitive Master Fader™ app for all iPad models&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; My Fader™ app for quick control from iPhone or iPod touch&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; “Grow and Glow” visual feedback&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Preset and snapshot recall&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Record the mix to the iPad for instant sharing&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Integrate music from any app into the mix&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Install Friendly Features&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; PadLock™ feature locks down iPad for permanent installs&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Industry standard Kensington lock secures mixer&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Compact footprint saves precious workspace&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 15.5″ x 11.5″ x 3.9″&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 7.9 lbs / 3.6 kg&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 30-pin connector version available now and Lightning version coming soon&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/4153551050267302152'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/4153551050267302152'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2013/08/mackie-dl1608-16-channel-digital-live_17.html' title='Mackie DL1608 - 16 Channel Digital Live Sound Mixer with I-Pad control.'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjz31mwqJdy2dRbsAnmbXD4rkK03H9yYs2RIlAdbLvk-SLKMEDnOkdDP-rPL51Yl4ckQ2vqWS-EorMeLO7NArCAH9deh4DNxkOe1vD_VAj1Z9aIzWhkHLyTm8PDvLT_elAjyewmE1dfqIHu/s72-c/DL1608_Top_Slide.jpg" height="72" width="72"/></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-4308104958506453362</id><published>2012-10-05T21:35:00.003-07:00</published><updated>2012-10-05T21:46:56.062-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Frequency for Instruments"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Setting Mic For Drums"/><title type='text'>Frequency for Instruments</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #666666;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;headline&quot;&gt;Magic Frequencies&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;subhead&quot;&gt;Excerpted from &lt;i&gt;The Mixing Engineer&#39;s Handbook&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;byline&quot;&gt;by Bobby Owsinski&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;story&quot;&gt;&lt;img align=&quot;left&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; hspace=&quot;2&quot; src=&quot;http://images.digitalmedianet.com/2002/03_mar/tutorials/mixing_excerpt1/Mixing-Engineers_150.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;2&quot; width=&quot;150&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Editors&#39; Note:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;The
 following excerpt from &quot;The Mixing Engineer&#39;s Handbook&quot; by engineer 
Bobby Owsinski discusses how EQ can affect different frequencies in an 
audio mix. A Tips and Tricks section at the the end features various 
professional engineers offering their perspective on EQ techniques. &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Before we examine some methods of equalizing, it’s important to note the
 areas of the audio band and what effect  they have on what we hear. The
 audio band can effectively be broken down into six distinct ranges, 
each one having enormous impact on the total sound.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
• &lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Sub-Bass — &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The very low bass between 16Hz and 60Hz that encompasses 
sounds that are often felt more than  heard, such as thunder in the 
distance. These frequencies give the music a sense of power even if they
 occur  infrequently. Too much emphasis on this range makes the music 
sound muddy.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Bass — &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The bass between 60Hz and 250Hz contains the fundamental notes 
of the rhythm section, so EQing this range can change the musical 
balance, making it fat or thin. Too much boost in this range can make 
the music sound  boomy.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Low Mids — &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The midrange between 250Hz and 2000Hz contains the low 
order harmonics of most musical  instruments and can introduce a 
telephone-like quality to the music if boosted too much. Boosting the 
500Hz to  1000Hz octave makes the instruments sound horn-like, while 
boosting the 1kHz to 2kHz octave makes them sound tinny. Excess output 
in this range can cause listening fatigue.
&lt;br /&gt;
[an error occurred while processing this directive]&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;story&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• High Mids — &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The upper midrange between 2kHz and 4kHz can mask the 
important speech recognition sounds if  boosted, introducing a lisping 
quality into a voice and making sounds formed with the lips such as “m,”
 “b” and “v”  indistinguishable. Too much boost in this range — 
especially at 3kHz — can also cause listening fatigue. Dipping  the 3kHz
 range on instrument backgrounds and slightly peaking 3kHz on vocals can
 make the vocals audible  without having to decrease the instrumental 
level in mixes where the voice would otherwise seem buried.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Presence — &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The presence range between 4kHz and 6kHz is responsible for
 the clarity and definition of voices and  instruments. Boosting this 
range can make the music seem closer to the listener. Reducing the 5kHz 
content of a  mix makes the sound more distant and transparent.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Brilliance — &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The 6kHz to 16kHz range controls the brilliance and 
clarity of sounds. Too much emphasis in this  range, however, can 
produce sibilance on the vocals.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Leo di Gar Kulka  — “Equalization - The Highest, Most 
Sustained Expression of the Recordist’s Heart,” Recording  
Engineer/Producer, Vol. 3, Number 6, November/December, 1972
&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;2&quot; cellspacing=&quot;2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td colspan=&quot;2&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;For
 those of you who have an easier time visualizing the audio spectrum in 
one-octave increments (like those found on a graphic equalizer), here’s 
an octave look at the same chart.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: medium;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td rowspan=&quot;13&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Easy-To-Remember Golden Rules Of EQ&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;br /&gt;1. If it sounds muddy, cut some at 250Hz.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. If it sounds honky, cut some at 500Hz.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Cut if you’re trying to make things sound &lt;br /&gt;better.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Boost if you’re trying to make things sound&lt;br /&gt;different.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. You can’t boost something that’s not there&lt;br /&gt;in the first place.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: medium;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td rowspan=&quot;2&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;31Hz &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td rowspan=&quot;2&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Rumble, &quot;chest&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td height=&quot;18&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;63 Hz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td height=&quot;18&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Bottom&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;125Hz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Boom, thump, warmth&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;250Hz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Fullness or mud&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;500Hz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Honk&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;1KHz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Whack&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;2KHz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Crunch&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;4KHz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Edge&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;8KHz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Sibilance, definition, &quot;ouch!&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;red&quot;&gt; &lt;td height=&quot;23&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;16 KHz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td height=&quot;23&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Air&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;table align=&quot;right&quot; style=&quot;height: 1px; width: 1px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; hspace=&quot;2&quot; src=&quot;http://images.digitalmedianet.com/2002/03_mar/tutorials/mixing_excerpt1/fig5.gif&quot; vspace=&quot;2&quot; width=&quot;441&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 5&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt; -- Frequency for Instruments--&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: medium;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Tricks and Tips&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: #cccccc;&quot;&gt;General Tips&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; 
&lt;br /&gt;
Use a narrow Q (bandwidth) when cutting; use wide Q’s when boosting
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want something to stick out, roll off the bottom; if you want it to blend in, roll off the top
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;For Snare&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;


&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt; —&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To find the “point” on the snare, boost the upper midrange starting at 
about +5 or 6dB at 2kHz or  so. Open up the bandwidth (if that parameter
 is available) until you get the snare to jump out, then tighten the  
bandwidth until you get only the part of the snare sound that you want 
most. Then fine-tune the frequency until you  need the least amount of 
boost in order to make it jump out of the mix.
&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;For Drums&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;— 
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Dave Pensado:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;A lot of the music I do has samples in it and that 
gives the producer the luxury of  pretty much getting the sound he 
wanted from the start. In the old days you always pulled out a little 
400 on the  kick drum. You always added a little 3 and 6 to the toms. 
That just doesn’t happen as much any more because when  I get the tape, 
even with live bands, the producer’s already triggered the sound he 
wanted off the live performance  and the drums are closer.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;For Bass&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; —
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The ratio between the low bass (80–120Hz) and the mid-bass (130Hz–200Hz)
 is important. Try using two fairly narrow peaking bands, one at 100Hz 
and another at 140Hz and boost one and cut the other. If the bass is  
too warm, sometimes reducing the upper band can make it more distinct 
without removing the deeper fundamentals  that live in the 100Hz band. 
Also, try boosting some of the 1kHz area since this is where a lot of 
the sound of the  Fender bass lives.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;For Fatter Guitars&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; — 
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Boost midrange a lot (9dB or so) and sweep the frequencies until you 
hear the range where the guitar sounds thick but yet still bright enough
 to cut through. Now, back the boost down to about +4 or so until  the 
guitar cuts through the mix without being too bright.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Don Smith:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; I use EQ different from some people. I don’t just use 
it to brighten or fatten  something up; I use it to make an instrument 
feel better. Like on a guitar, making sure that all the strings on a 
guitar  can be heard. Instead of just brightening up the high strings 
and adding mud to the low strings, I may look for a  certain chord to 
hear more of the A string. If the D string is missing in a chord, I like
 to EQ and boost it way up to  +8 or +10 and then just dial through the 
different frequencies until I hear what they’re doing to the guitar. So 
I’m  trying to make things more balanced in the way they lay with other 
instruments.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;For Vocals&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;—
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Boost a little at 125Hz to 250Hz to accentuate the voice fundamental and
 make it more “chesty”-sounding. The  2kHz to 4kHz range accentuates the
 consonants and makes the vocal seem closer to the listener.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Ed Seay:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;On a vocal sometimes I think, “Does this vocal need a 
diet plan? Does he need to lose some  flab down there?” Or sometimes, 
“We need some weight on this guy so let’s add some 300 cycles and make 
him  sound a little more important.”
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;David Sussman:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; If I’m recording vocals, I like to roll off quite a
 bit on the bottom end so the  compressor doesn’t start kicking in and 
bringing up any low end rumble or noise. If I’m EQing a piano or 
something  that’s already been recorded, I sometimes roll off a lot of 
the bottom so I leave a lot of room for the bass and the  kick drum to 
occupy. A lot of times I don’t need anything under probably 100Hz. I’ll 
do some rolling off with the  filters and then I may take a bell curve 
and zone in on a couple of other woofy areas on certain instruments.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Dave Pensado:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;I think of EQ as an effect much the same way you 
would add chorus or reverb to  a particular instrument or vocal. Like, I
 might have a vocal where I think it’s really EQed nicely and then I’ll 
add a  little more 3k just to get it to bite a little more. Then it just
 makes me feel like the singer was trying harder and it  brings out a 
little bit of passion in his or her voice. So I tend to be most 
effective when I do the standard equalizing,  then take it to the next 
level, thinking of it as an effect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;story&quot;&gt;Source: ArtistPro&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/4308104958506453362'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/4308104958506453362'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/10/frequency-for-instruments.html' title='Frequency for Instruments'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-7720966436591632999</id><published>2012-10-03T08:51:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2012-10-03T08:52:09.612-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Portable PA System"/><title type='text'>EON 210P - Portable PA Self-Powered 10” Two-Way system with detachable powered mixer</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgAZGN0z1V13CXJ5m5ChOXu6TG-W_qEU-87q-D2eGPST9AMHPzSnM0FFrZtHM6c-q7WlnK4wYfQd7uVRRlp90Ey0b9oL1zMUc8x1w6ZeNJYlmt_-hWxcRkMnf2CiOs8c8ydEsnYTmxTUsle/s1600/EON.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;400&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgAZGN0z1V13CXJ5m5ChOXu6TG-W_qEU-87q-D2eGPST9AMHPzSnM0FFrZtHM6c-q7WlnK4wYfQd7uVRRlp90Ey0b9oL1zMUc8x1w6ZeNJYlmt_-hWxcRkMnf2CiOs8c8ydEsnYTmxTUsle/s400/EON.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;orange16bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblVerbage&quot;&gt;The &lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;EON210P&lt;/span&gt; 
consists of two 10-inch, two-way, powered loudspeakers, one with a 
detachable powered mixer and the other with a detachable storage 
compartment, one pair of unshielded speaker cables and a power cord. 
Capable of reproducing full bandwidth sound at high levels the 210P is 
comprised of a 250 mm (10 in) woofer, a 37.5 mm (1.5 in) neodymium high 
frequency compression driver coupled to a 100° H by 60° V waveguide 
driven by a 300 watt Crown® Class-D power amplifier and integrated 
mixer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;orange16bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblVerbage&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblFeatures&quot;&gt;Features :&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl00_lblFeature&quot;&gt;300 watt High-Performance Powered Speaker System&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl01_lblFeature&quot;&gt;Ergonomic soft touch top grip for easy handling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl02_lblFeature&quot;&gt;10” low-frequency driver
with neodymium magnet for low-distortion
and light weight&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl03_lblFeature&quot;&gt;1” throat diameter next generation JBL neodymium compression driver&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl04_lblFeature&quot;&gt;Efficient Crown® Class-D amplifier technology&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl05_lblFeature&quot;&gt;100° H x 60° V asymmetrical wave guide for uniform audience coverage&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl06_lblFeature&quot;&gt;8 channel powered mixer with intuitive interface&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl07_lblFeature&quot;&gt;On board digital multi-effects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl08_lblFeature&quot;&gt;Integrated 36 mm pole mount socket with
stabilizing securing screw&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlFeatures_ctl09_lblFeature&quot;&gt;Highly designed composite enclosures for durability, lightweight, and acoustic performance&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;orange16bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblVerbage&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblFeatures&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblSpecifications&quot;&gt;Specifications :&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl00_lblName&quot;&gt;System Power Rating&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl00_lblValue&quot;&gt;300 Watts (2 X 150 Stereo)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl01_lblName&quot;&gt;Maximum SPL Output&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl01_lblValue&quot;&gt;124 dB peak system&lt;br /&gt;output (pink noise)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl02_lblName&quot;&gt;Net Weight of System&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl02_lblValue&quot;&gt;33 lbs. (19 lbs. for unit&lt;br /&gt;with powered mixer,&lt;br /&gt;14 lbs. for unit with&lt;br /&gt;storage pod)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl03_lblName&quot;&gt;System Type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl03_lblValue&quot;&gt;Powered mixer with 2 two-way bass-reflex enclosures&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl04_lblName&quot;&gt;Frequency Range (-10 dB)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl04_lblValue&quot;&gt;60 Hz - 20 kHz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl05_lblName&quot;&gt;Frequency Response (±3 dB)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl05_lblValue&quot;&gt;75 Hz - 19 kHz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl06_lblName&quot;&gt;AC input&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl06_lblValue&quot;&gt;120 - 240 V 50/60 Hz, voltage selector switch sets operational range&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl07_lblName&quot;&gt;Amplifier Design&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl07_lblValue&quot;&gt;Crown® Class D&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl08_lblName&quot;&gt;Output Connector&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl08_lblValue&quot;&gt;2 X 1/4” TS (unbalanced) amplifier outputs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl09_lblName&quot;&gt;Input Connectors&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl09_lblValue&quot;&gt;8 inputs (4 Mono Mic/Line, 2 X Stereo)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl10_lblName&quot;&gt;Channels&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl10_lblValue&quot;&gt;1-4
 are XLR / 1/4” jack combo connectors, XLR is a mic level input, 1/4” is
 a line level input. 5-6, one pair of 1/4” balanced TRS jacks (stereo), 
and a pair of RCA jacks (stereo). 7-8 is a 3.5 mm stereo jack&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl11_lblName&quot;&gt;Input Impedance&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl11_lblValue&quot;&gt;Ch 1-4 Combo: XLR 3 K Ohms Balanced&lt;br /&gt;Ch 1-4 Combo: TRS 20 K Ohms Balanced&lt;br /&gt;Ch 5-6: TRS 25 K Ohms Balanced&lt;br /&gt;Ch 5-6: RCA 12 K Ohms Unbalanced&lt;br /&gt;Ch 7-8: 3.5 mm 30 K Ohms Unbalanced&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl12_lblName&quot;&gt;Phantom Power&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl12_lblValue&quot;&gt;30 V&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl13_lblName&quot;&gt;Output Connectors&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl13_lblValue&quot;&gt;Monitor outputs: one pair of 1/4” balanced TRS jacks (stereo), and a pair of RCA jacks (stereo)&lt;br /&gt;Headphone output: one 3.5 mm stereo jack&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl14_lblName&quot;&gt;Signal Indicators&lt;br /&gt;Main Output LED Ladder&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl14_lblValue&quot;&gt;Limit: Red LED indicates limiter active condition&lt;br /&gt;Signal: Green LED indicates signal present&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl15_lblName&quot;&gt;Signal Indicators: Ch 1-4&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl15_lblValue&quot;&gt;Peak LED: Green = signal present, Red = input overload&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl16_lblName&quot;&gt;EQ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl16_lblValue&quot;&gt;Individual channel Bass and Treble controls, center detent, +/-6 dB cut and boost&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl17_lblName&quot;&gt;System Limiter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl17_lblValue&quot;&gt;On Board DSP Limiting and Tuning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl18_lblName&quot;&gt;LF Driver&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl18_lblValue&quot;&gt;1 x JBL 328 H 250 mm (10 in) woofer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl19_lblName&quot;&gt;HF Driver&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl19_lblValue&quot;&gt;1 x JBL 2414H-1 37.5 mm (1.5” ) annular polymer diaphragm, neodymium&lt;br /&gt;compression driver&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl20_lblName&quot;&gt;Coverage Pattern&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl20_lblValue&quot;&gt;100º x 60º nominal&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl21_lblName&quot;&gt;Crossover Frequency&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl21_lblValue&quot;&gt;2 kHz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl22_lblName&quot;&gt;Crossover Type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl22_lblValue&quot;&gt;Passive network, 2nd order filters (-12 dB per octave) for high pass and low pass filters&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl23_lblName&quot;&gt;Enclosure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl23_lblValue&quot;&gt;Polypropylene&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl24_lblName&quot;&gt;Suspension/ Mounting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl24_lblValue&quot;&gt;36 mm pole socket with stabilizing screw&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl25_lblName&quot;&gt;Handles&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl25_lblValue&quot;&gt;One on top&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl26_lblName&quot;&gt;Grille&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl26_lblValue&quot;&gt;Powder coated perforated steel&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
          &lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
           &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;right&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;38%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;gray10bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl27_lblName&quot;&gt;Shipping Package (HxWxD)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
             &lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; width=&quot;1%&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
              &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
             &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
             &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlSpecifications_ctl27_lblValue&quot;&gt;21.5” x 26” x 13.75”&lt;br /&gt;(546 mm x 660 mm x 349 mm)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;orange16bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblVerbage&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblFeatures&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblSpecifications&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblProductApplications&quot;&gt;Applications :&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlApplications&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlApplications_ctl00_lblApplication&quot;&gt;Live
 sound reinforcement, speech and vocals, music playback in 
entertainment, A/V, and institutional venues – especially when ease of 
use and portability
are important factors.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlApplications_ctl01_lblApplication&quot;&gt;Amplification, mixing, and monitoring for electronic musical instruments.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;list-style-image: url(../Images/textspacearrow.gif);&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
            &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_dlApplications_ctl02_lblApplication&quot;&gt;Everywhere you need to be heard.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;orange16bold&quot; id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblVerbage&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblFeatures&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblSpecifications&quot;&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;ctl00_BodyCPH_lblProductApplications&quot;&gt;- Source (http://www.jblpro.com/) &lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/7720966436591632999'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/7720966436591632999'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/10/eon-210p-portable-self-powered-10-two.html' title='EON 210P - Portable PA Self-Powered 10” Two-Way system with detachable powered mixer'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgAZGN0z1V13CXJ5m5ChOXu6TG-W_qEU-87q-D2eGPST9AMHPzSnM0FFrZtHM6c-q7WlnK4wYfQd7uVRRlp90Ey0b9oL1zMUc8x1w6ZeNJYlmt_-hWxcRkMnf2CiOs8c8ydEsnYTmxTUsle/s72-c/EON.jpg" height="72" width="72"/></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-8291347494366411139</id><published>2012-10-03T08:41:00.003-07:00</published><updated>2012-10-03T08:41:31.124-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Portable PA System"/><title type='text'>STAGEPAS 300 - Portable PA System</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg0Bg-aVYs-5aIZR-zZtMuB3c7FGK8EoGgu3F6C-nB0_xLEqqxonH9LQyNa7lhO85zPWmZ4Jq6Ss9qXeuW2rdO4s6YHvIe-qWPscS92Fz5IZmSfYQ92-Ux_pqlMYAnbMoBQH-zw3BhNHOsj/s1600/STAGEPAS+300.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;640&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg0Bg-aVYs-5aIZR-zZtMuB3c7FGK8EoGgu3F6C-nB0_xLEqqxonH9LQyNa7lhO85zPWmZ4Jq6Ss9qXeuW2rdO4s6YHvIe-qWPscS92Fz5IZmSfYQ92-Ux_pqlMYAnbMoBQH-zw3BhNHOsj/s640/STAGEPAS+300.jpg&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;catch&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Live Sound Has Never Been Easier&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;This extraordinarily portable PA system has 8 channel (including 4 
microphone) inputs and delivers a very respectable 300 watts of 
high-quality power to the supplied pair of compact speakers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;No matter where your music leads, Yamaha&#39;s new STAGEPAS&amp;amp;trade; 300 
Portable PA system has the power and portability to go with you. It has 
all the power and high-quality sound you need to fill a small 
performance space, yet it is small and light enough to take wherever it 
is needed. Combining a built-in powered mixer and PA speakers, it&#39;s 
incredibly easy to use - you can be set up and playing in a matter of 
minutes! STAGEPAS&amp;amp;trade; 300 is the perfect road companion, 
providing powerful, reliable, convenient sound reinforcement for a wide 
variety of applications.  Great sound has never been so portable - and 
so easy to use. High quality, convenience, and power to go!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2 class=&quot;headingA01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3 class=&quot;headingB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;STAGEPAS300: On Stage Anywhere, Anytime&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;imageDescriptionB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;desc&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;STAGEPAS300 is a portable PA system that can be set up to
 provide high quality live sound anywhere, anytime. Designed primarily 
for musicians on the move, STAGEPAS&amp;amp;trade; 300 makes it possible to 
deliver high-quality live sound in just about any venue or environment 
with maximum handling ease and minimum hassle.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 class=&quot;headingB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Speakers, Powered Mixer, and Cables&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;imageDescriptionB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;desc&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;This all-in-one system provides a pair of passive speakers, a 
detachable powered mixer, and a pair of speaker cables - everything you 
need except for your sources. The whole system weighs just 18 kilograms!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 class=&quot;headingB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Detachable 8-channel Powered mixer with 150W + 150W Output&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;imageDescriptionB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;desc&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The powered mixer is normally stored in the rear of one of the 
speakers. The STAGEPAS&amp;amp;trade; powered mixer can be detached (the 
only tool you need is a coin) for convenient operation. The power 
amplifier is a class-D* type that delivers a solid 150 watts + 150 watts
 from a remarkably compact unit. The mixer has a total of eight input 
channels: four mono microphone/line inputs and two stereo line inputs. 
In addition to speaker outputs for the supplied speakers, the 
STAGEPAS&amp;amp;trade; mixer has line outputs that can be used to connect 
additional powered speakers for monitoring, or to send the mixer&#39;s 
output to a recording device.  * Class-D power amplifiers provide 
high-efficiency amplification with low power consumption and minimal 
heat generation, allowing the amplifier to be built into a smaller, 
lighter, and cooler package.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 class=&quot;headingB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Two-band EQ and Reverb Built In&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;imageDescriptionB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;desc&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Each mixer channel has an easy-to-use two-band equalizer that can 
help to shape the sound of each channel to achieve the best possible 
mix. Boost the highs to give a vocal channel more air and clarity, or 
boost the lows on a guitar channel for more punch. The four mono input 
channels have reverb on/off switches, and a reverb level control lets 
you add just the right amount of reverb to bring your sound to life.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 class=&quot;headingB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;For Singers &amp;amp; Instrumentalists&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;imageDescriptionB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;desc&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The built-in high-quality reverb is indispensable for great vocal 
sound, and it can add a lush dimension to the sound of electric-acoustic
 guitars as well.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 class=&quot;headingB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;For Speech&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;imageDescriptionB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;desc&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The STAGEPAS&amp;amp;trade; mixer has a &quot;speech&quot; mode that optimizes the 
system settings for maximum clarity with speech. Of course, background 
music from a CD player or other source can be mixed in with the spoken 
performance.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 class=&quot;headingB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;For Bands&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;imageDescriptionB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;desc&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Multiple microphone inputs make the STAGEPAS&amp;amp;trade; 300 system a 
good choice for band rehearsals or performances. MSR100 powered monitors
 (sold separately) can be added for monitoring.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 class=&quot;headingB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Optional Mic Stand Adaptor&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The optional BMS-10A Mic Stand Adaptor allows the STAGEPAS&amp;amp;trade;
 mixer unit to be mounted on a standard straight microphone stand. Mic 
stand mounting is an ideal way to position the mixer for easy control 
access while performing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;- Source (http://in.yamaha.com) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/8291347494366411139'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/8291347494366411139'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/10/stagepas-300-portable-pa-system.html' title='STAGEPAS 300 - Portable PA System'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg0Bg-aVYs-5aIZR-zZtMuB3c7FGK8EoGgu3F6C-nB0_xLEqqxonH9LQyNa7lhO85zPWmZ4Jq6Ss9qXeuW2rdO4s6YHvIe-qWPscS92Fz5IZmSfYQ92-Ux_pqlMYAnbMoBQH-zw3BhNHOsj/s72-c/STAGEPAS+300.jpg" height="72" width="72"/></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-1616887315828740844</id><published>2012-10-03T08:35:00.005-07:00</published><updated>2012-10-03T08:35:53.332-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Portable PA System"/><title type='text'>STAGEPAS 250M - Portable PA system</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEihqq3tWqOQvs1Tjfy20dvDJguG_Vu5SX7bqWQaOxbIHMRIBXpn_i_4YMrpzggCHtAcIZNFbnX7hH7I2NBEpX3qcgfqF4Ej9jziLGdXBYix63lhPMgm11IolUmp29snbFmCjRByYmnKqpVm/s1600/STAGEPAS+250M.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;STAGEPAS 250M - Portable PA System&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;640&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEihqq3tWqOQvs1Tjfy20dvDJguG_Vu5SX7bqWQaOxbIHMRIBXpn_i_4YMrpzggCHtAcIZNFbnX7hH7I2NBEpX3qcgfqF4Ej9jziLGdXBYix63lhPMgm11IolUmp29snbFmCjRByYmnKqpVm/s640/STAGEPAS+250M.jpg&quot; title=&quot;STAGEPAS 250M - Portable PA System&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;STAGEPAS 150M and 250M can function either as an ultra-portable PA 
system, or as a powerful keyboard amplifier with sound quality and 
portability that far surpasses any other conventional keyboard amp.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Combining high-performance power and accurate sound reproduction with 
remarkable versatility in a portable package, Yamaha&#39;s STAGEPAS Series 
Portable PA Systems are fast becoming the standard for musicians and 
other PA users on the go.These combination mixer/amplifier/speaker 
systems are exceptionally lightweight, portable and full-featured. Since
 virtually everything you need is in one, easy-to-use package, you can 
be set up and playing within a matter of minutes. And when you&#39;re done, 
you can be packed and back on the road again with the same ease and 
speed. Yet despite the simplicity and compact size, these systems cut no
 corners in sound quality or versatility, and in fact give you some 
advanced features not normally found in systems of this class.The series
 now includes the new single-speaker STAGEPAS 150M and 250M, which can 
be expanded to a stereo system by simply adding a second speaker. They 
can also function either as an ultra-portable PA system, or as a 
powerful keyboard amplifier-with sound quality and portability that far 
surpasses any other conventional keyboard amp. No matter what system you
 choose, you have a high-power, highperformance sound system ready for a
 wide variety of venues and events, both indoors and out.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3 class=&quot;headingB01&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Ideal for Monitor Speaker Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The STAGEPAS 250M and 150M are effective as a monitor speaker system 
(especially for keyboard players, drummers and solo performers), thanks 
to its fullrange reproduction, convenient mixing controls, and versatile
 speaker placement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * For Keyboard Players&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      Keyboard players needing a simple, yet exceptionally high-quality 
keyboard amplifier will find ideal solutions in the STAGEPAS 150M and 
250M. These compact, highly portable and easy-to-use systems can serve 
as your main system for small gigs, or as a sub-mixer for direct 
connection to the main mixer at large events.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * For Guitarists&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      The STAGEPAS 150M and 250M are excellent systems for guitarists 
playing in small venues, since they deliver outstanding sound for the 
house as well as great monitor sound for the player.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;-Source (http://in.yamaha.com) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/1616887315828740844'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/1616887315828740844'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/10/stagepas-250m-portable-pa-system.html' title='STAGEPAS 250M - Portable PA system'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEihqq3tWqOQvs1Tjfy20dvDJguG_Vu5SX7bqWQaOxbIHMRIBXpn_i_4YMrpzggCHtAcIZNFbnX7hH7I2NBEpX3qcgfqF4Ej9jziLGdXBYix63lhPMgm11IolUmp29snbFmCjRByYmnKqpVm/s72-c/STAGEPAS+250M.jpg" height="72" width="72"/></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-2265288274196309915</id><published>2012-10-03T08:06:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-10-03T08:07:46.412-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Portable PA System"/><title type='text'>Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi4uuXCMzjxSl9zcO7vP7a98DBE-ipxgTXdAgm_hl1OiAX56FyC8judw_xGORdM7KZ9n2oEvcHDKIt1v70ZS4MDXZZVXFlNYqdHHLIFa3WtNkYw15uBYqYrIMzemnuAt0-WRLu2hPGhUWmP/s1600/Studio+portable+PA+-+Copy.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;320&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi4uuXCMzjxSl9zcO7vP7a98DBE-ipxgTXdAgm_hl1OiAX56FyC8judw_xGORdM7KZ9n2oEvcHDKIt1v70ZS4MDXZZVXFlNYqdHHLIFa3WtNkYw15uBYqYrIMzemnuAt0-WRLu2hPGhUWmP/s640/Studio+portable+PA+-+Copy.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEivo5f6aGRtrnL8rxMkGt5BIGefzc4gcQRSFFRqjndE62nHF_p9d2mgBeMRpgd3X-27s-3HfCLHYohHzSxu0Yq0kVDaWOUgJLcRyItEUzUEHvlJF5CX2TIOXTrLHPo-jA3rugisq-tTiYB2/s1600/Studio+portable+PA+1+-+Copy.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;606&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEivo5f6aGRtrnL8rxMkGt5BIGefzc4gcQRSFFRqjndE62nHF_p9d2mgBeMRpgd3X-27s-3HfCLHYohHzSxu0Yq0kVDaWOUgJLcRyItEUzUEHvlJF5CX2TIOXTrLHPo-jA3rugisq-tTiYB2/s640/Studio+portable+PA+1+-+Copy.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj7Ima8AQ2MWboS7HWgfdxoxggp_uxX-c7CTGfg7qeFbWcu1SYVOuc4_Ikv9pp7j7XptfKkDxOqAfgoa8d8xOZpe2jPYuK-QbpNsP5KF5YLZjSQ-TNv9WEm8XJYvlIDcMt5cBj6NjHALDi7/s1600/Studio+portable+PA+2.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;640&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj7Ima8AQ2MWboS7HWgfdxoxggp_uxX-c7CTGfg7qeFbWcu1SYVOuc4_Ikv9pp7j7XptfKkDxOqAfgoa8d8xOZpe2jPYuK-QbpNsP5KF5YLZjSQ-TNv9WEm8XJYvlIDcMt5cBj6NjHALDi7/s640/Studio+portable+PA+2.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster&quot; width=&quot;636&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhPTqRJksZ0iRdqa72l9CfSQwRLXbxV-g-OOjcU9vRljKlkNyIa6oW2OkRVGQMKpHY-eUued_dLBelNztz2ehTIQKSjKOEN4X7Z2m3TvDYd3BoQsBwQade_br4TsWGI-HpCkyjaBj_bwcEG/s1600/Studio+portable+PA+3.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;276&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhPTqRJksZ0iRdqa72l9CfSQwRLXbxV-g-OOjcU9vRljKlkNyIa6oW2OkRVGQMKpHY-eUued_dLBelNztz2ehTIQKSjKOEN4X7Z2m3TvDYd3BoQsBwQade_br4TsWGI-HpCkyjaBj_bwcEG/s640/Studio+portable+PA+3.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;justify&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;The need 
for compact, portable PA systems has never been greater. Light weight, 
powerful, easy to set up but above all easy to use systems are 
compulsory. The Walkabout has perfectly addressed these requirements in a
 functional yet stylish package. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;The
 Walkabout features a total of 300 Watts of clear audio power, 5 channel
 mixer (3x mic/line, 1x mic/stereo and 1x stereo), 16 program DSP and 5 
band graphic equaliser. Sockets are also provided you record your 
performance. 
                          &lt;br /&gt;
                          &lt;br /&gt;
                          It contained in its own carry case and include
 speaker stands, microphone and all cables. Once packed the Walkabout 
has a retractable handle and recessed casters making light work when 
moving.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;167&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Equalisation &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;434&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;HI (12kHz), LO (80Hz) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;#CCCCCC&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;167&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Graphic    Equaliser &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;td width=&quot;434&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;125Hz, 400Hz, 1kHz, 4kHz,    8kHz &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;167&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Power &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;td width=&quot;434&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;2 x 150W &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;#CCCCCC&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;167&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Speakers &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;434&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;2 way &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;167&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Connections&lt;br /&gt;
                              Channels 1-3:&lt;br /&gt;
                              Channel 4/5:&lt;br /&gt;
                              Channel 6/7: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;434&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                              Combination    XLR mic &amp;amp; TRS jack line&lt;br /&gt;
                                XLR    mic and stereo line (2) TS jacks&lt;br /&gt;
                                Stereo line RCA phono &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;#CCCCCC&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;167&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Record    Output &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;434&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;RCA phono &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;167&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Speaker    Outputs &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;434&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;TS jacks &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor=&quot;#CCCCCC&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;167&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Speaker    Input &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;434&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Single TS jack &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                            &lt;td valign=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;167&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Power Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
                              Voltage Selector &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;td width=&quot;434&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;230V    Range 50/60Hz&lt;br /&gt;
                              115V    Range 50/60Hz &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Source : (http://www.studiomaster.com) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/2265288274196309915'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/2265288274196309915'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/10/walkabout-portable-pa-system.html' title='Walkabout - Portable PA System - Studiomaster'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi4uuXCMzjxSl9zcO7vP7a98DBE-ipxgTXdAgm_hl1OiAX56FyC8judw_xGORdM7KZ9n2oEvcHDKIt1v70ZS4MDXZZVXFlNYqdHHLIFa3WtNkYw15uBYqYrIMzemnuAt0-WRLu2hPGhUWmP/s72-c/Studio+portable+PA+-+Copy.jpg" height="72" width="72"/></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-2761836583571083390</id><published>2012-09-26T01:26:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-26T01:26:36.619-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Monitor Setup"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Stage Speakers Setup"/><title type='text'>PA monitors Stage Setup  - 3D</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjPs4LvfvIyDRa65t7IazZzH_C0AUCHjwK9udl94osR-dR-Exl7bUi0LuiKn0Zvz3ldmEBA1TYbyeej66Hkb_yJGe20_yKD0zEKoWcqITYop0Cr-vCX7Xx1e99mMkOtQKIFzHfI62QH8x1H/s1600/stage+setup+2.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;PA stage setup 3D&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;322&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjPs4LvfvIyDRa65t7IazZzH_C0AUCHjwK9udl94osR-dR-Exl7bUi0LuiKn0Zvz3ldmEBA1TYbyeej66Hkb_yJGe20_yKD0zEKoWcqITYop0Cr-vCX7Xx1e99mMkOtQKIFzHfI62QH8x1H/s640/stage+setup+2.jpg&quot; title=&quot;PA stage setup 3D&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/2761836583571083390'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/2761836583571083390'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/09/pa-monitors-stage-setup-3d.html' title='PA monitors Stage Setup  - 3D'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjPs4LvfvIyDRa65t7IazZzH_C0AUCHjwK9udl94osR-dR-Exl7bUi0LuiKn0Zvz3ldmEBA1TYbyeej66Hkb_yJGe20_yKD0zEKoWcqITYop0Cr-vCX7Xx1e99mMkOtQKIFzHfI62QH8x1H/s72-c/stage+setup+2.jpg" height="72" width="72"/></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-6949019202554063986</id><published>2012-09-26T01:05:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-26T01:08:05.504-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Stage Speakers Setup"/><title type='text'>Stage Setup for Musicians</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiXq1JzkQY5YZWUUJ_X0K6NaliwFRFOTao7NwfcSFdvumSKXmcvqBEQ4ehdsC8Vl_gduXtw5EWYCp53LZfLF-6V7bzqnML9L27N6FiG6-0JyTPo7ttoNt1AVpCHjO2IjFplh4y86h6q_IHe/s1600/stage+setup.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Speakers Setup 3D &quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;322&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiXq1JzkQY5YZWUUJ_X0K6NaliwFRFOTao7NwfcSFdvumSKXmcvqBEQ4ehdsC8Vl_gduXtw5EWYCp53LZfLF-6V7bzqnML9L27N6FiG6-0JyTPo7ttoNt1AVpCHjO2IjFplh4y86h6q_IHe/s640/stage+setup.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Stage Speakers Setup&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/6949019202554063986'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/6949019202554063986'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/09/stage-setup-for-musicians.html' title='Stage Setup for Musicians'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiXq1JzkQY5YZWUUJ_X0K6NaliwFRFOTao7NwfcSFdvumSKXmcvqBEQ4ehdsC8Vl_gduXtw5EWYCp53LZfLF-6V7bzqnML9L27N6FiG6-0JyTPo7ttoNt1AVpCHjO2IjFplh4y86h6q_IHe/s72-c/stage+setup.jpg" height="72" width="72"/></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-3400034143896674014</id><published>2012-09-12T09:03:00.003-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T02:58:51.999-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Cable Connections"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Wiring"/><title type='text'>Balanced Wiring &amp; its Advantages</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Professional equipment solves this problem by using two closely-spaced 
conductors twisted together. Audio is balanced equally on these wires, 
flowing in a positive direction on one wire while in a negative 
direction on the other. Equipment looks at the voltage difference 
between those wires, and ignores everything else. A grounded shield is 
still used to prevent high-frequency noise, and it might form a 
hum-gathering antenna -- particularly if there are other ground 
connections. But since the ground isn&#39;t part of the audio path, nobody 
cares.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;MIDDLE&quot; alt=&quot;Balanced Wiring,Advantages of balanced wiring,wiring&quot; src=&quot;http://www.dplay.com/dv/balance/fig2.gif&quot; title=&quot;Balanced Wiring&quot; /&gt;
A balanced shielded cable.&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Most modern circults do not use balanced wiring internally. The internal
 wires or printed-circuit traces are so short that noise pickup isn&#39;t a 
problem. But they balance the signal before it leaves, and unbalance any
 incoming ones. This is very easy to do with op amps or transformers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

Balanced wires also reject noise that isn&#39;t coming from a ground loop. 
The two conductors are twisted closely together, so any interference 
radiated into the cable is picked up equally by both. But remember: the 
equipment is looking for a voltage &lt;i&gt;difference &lt;/i&gt; between those wires. Noise is the same on both wires, so the equipment can&#39;t hear it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=4786372742257039523&quot; name=&quot;balance2&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Another advantage of balanced wiring&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If a single-conductor shielded cable acts as an antenna, why doesn&#39;t two-conductor balanced wiring act as a double antenna?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

Answer: it does. Noises from nearby video or computer cables are picked 
up on each conductor. But remember, a balanced audio input cares only 
about the voltage difference between the two wires. Interference is 
radiated equally into each wire. Since the interference is equal on 
each, &lt;i&gt;there&#39;s no voltage difference from it!&lt;/i&gt; The balanced input can&#39;t even see that the noise is there.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

Or to put it into a chart:

&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Conductor           Audio Signal    Noise     Total on wire
    Black               +1 v          +1 v     +2 v
    White               -1 v          +1 v      0 v

Transmitted difference   2 v
                           Received difference  2 v
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
      
This noise-immunity of balanced wiring is why it&#39;s also used for 
high-speed computer networks. Category-5 cable contains four 
tightly-balanced pairs of wires. In fact, if your balanced input and 
output circuits are good enough, you can use Cat-5 cable for 
professional audio wiring!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

&quot;Star Quad&quot; is four-conductor shielded balanced cable. The four wires 
form a tighter, more consistent pack than two wires can and can resist 
even more noise. If you&#39;re using Star Quad, you must tie the two pairs 
of similarly-colored wires together at each end... reducing it 
effectively to two conductors. Don&#39;t try to use it as two balanced pairs
 for two different signals: this won&#39;t give you any noise-reduction 
benefits at all.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: black;&quot;&gt;-&lt;span style=&quot;color: black;&quot;&gt; ( Source&lt;span style=&quot;color: black;&quot;&gt; : &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;http://www.dplay.com)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/3400034143896674014'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/3400034143896674014'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/09/balanced-wiring-its-advantages.html' title='Balanced Wiring &amp; its Advantages'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-7217860145435560398</id><published>2012-09-12T08:58:00.006-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-12T09:01:12.798-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Ground Loops"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Hum"/><title type='text'>About ground loops</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;People hum when they don&#39;t know the words. Audio circuits hum when they 
don&#39;t know what silence should sound like. The sensitive circuits that 
boost your camera&#39;s audio before it&#39;s recorded, or shuttle sound around 
your editing suite, need a reference they can be sure is zero volts. 
They compare the input signal to this reference, amplify or proces the 
difference, and generate an output voltage that&#39;s also compared to the 
reference. Designers designate one point within a piece of equipment 
(often connected to the chassis or grounding pin of the power plug) and 
call it &quot;ground&quot;: all voltages inside the equipment are measured with 
respect to it.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
That&#39;s fine for a single piece of equipment, but when you hook two 
devices together, both have to agree on the reference. Since the cable 
shield has to be grounded at least at one end, the usual scheme is to 
use it to connect the two devices&#39; reference points together. It works 
in very simple systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

But remember, that shield is picking up hum from the building wiring. 
And if the shield is carrying current -- something unavoidable if it&#39;s 
part of the audio path -- it has a slight voltage drop. Both these 
factors mean that the two devices are going to have slightly different 
references, and the difference is constantly varying. The input circuit 
can&#39;t tell that this variation isn&#39;t part of the signal, so it amplifies
 it. Again, in a simple NLE with short wires this interference may be 
tolerable. But in a complex room or studio shoot, it becomes hum and 
noise.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;It&#39;s called &quot;60 Hz hum&quot;, but it&#39;s not just 60 Hz&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;When power-line frequencies leak into an audio circuit, they generate 
harmonics. The 60 Hz base signal also hums at 120 Hz, 240 Hz, and up the
 band. That&#39;s why filters don&#39;t do a good job removing hum... you have 
to fix it at the source&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Complex setups have other problems as well. If there are multiple ground
 paths, they combine to make a very efficient loop antenna for the 60 Hz
 noise. These &quot;ground loops&quot; are almost impossible to predict, since you
 don&#39;t know the internal details of your equipment, and can crop up even
 in very simple setups... particularly if both pieces of audio equipment
 also share a ground connection through their power plugs&#39; grounding 
pins. In a practical video studio, the situation is apt to be far worse:
 the non-audio cables -- RS-232 and RS-422 control, video wires, and 
even cable TV -- all have their own grounds.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;- (Source : http://www.dplay.com)&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/7217860145435560398'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/7217860145435560398'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/09/about-ground-loops.html' title='About ground loops'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-3050399601841268635</id><published>2012-09-12T08:38:00.006-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T02:59:52.423-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Cable Connections"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Wiring"/><title type='text'>Why wires are noisy?</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Why wires are noisy&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If your tracks are plagued by noise and low-frequency hum, it&#39;s probably
 because of a wiring problem. But the solution is simple, relatively 
inexpensive, and has been around for a hundred years. Balanced audio 
wiring was first used by the phone company, to send calls over hundreds 
of miles of low-quality wire without picking up too much noise. Today 
it&#39;s used by every audio professional for much the same reason.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

The problem is that wires are also antennas. When you plug a mic into a 
camera, or a DAT player into your NLE, you don&#39;t just get the desired 
signal. Any nearby electric fields are also picked up on the wire, 
adding a slight voltage which the equipment can&#39;t distinguish from the 
desired audio.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

You can&#39;t avoid these fields. They&#39;re created by any other wires that 
carry a current. This includes video, timecode, and data cables, which 
can add all sorts of high-frequency whines and whistles to your track.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

Manufacturers reduce this antenna effect in a signal wire by wrapping a 
shield around it, usually a copper braid or metal foil. The shield is 
connected to ground and shorts out the interference before it can reach 
the signal wire in the center of the cable. That&#39;s why phono, BNC, and 
cable TV plugs have a center pin and outer metal shell: the pin is 
signal, and the shell carries the shielding that in the wire.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;MIDDLE&quot; alt=&quot;Shielded cable&quot; src=&quot;http://www.dplay.com/dv/balance/fig1.gif&quot; title=&quot;Typical Shielded Cable&quot; /&gt; 
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;A typical shielded cable.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Bah, Hum.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

Of course the biggest currents in most places are in the wires that 
supply electricity to lights and and wall outlets. They radiate a lot. 
Cable shields aren&#39;t very effective with this 60 Hertz interference from
 the power-line frequency. Fortunately, it takes a much longer antenna 
to pick it up than the higher-frequency interference from video or 
timecode cables. In a small editing setup with short wires, the amount 
of 60 Hz pickup is very little compared to the audio voltages, so 
interference is minimal. But on shoot with long microphone cables, or in
 a complex post-production setup (my studio has about 3500&#39; of analog 
wiring), the hum can be a major problem.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
 
Furthermore, the same shielding that protects against high-frequency noise can contribute to hum.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;-Source (www.dplay.com) &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/3050399601841268635'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/3050399601841268635'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/09/why-wires-are-noisy.html' title='Why wires are noisy?'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-7831821858150809754</id><published>2012-09-11T20:12:00.004-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:00:37.988-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Wiring"/><title type='text'>3 Pin XLR Wiring Diagram</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Okay, this may be really basic, but for some of you it may just be 
what you were looking for. Here is the basic wiring diagram for a 
standard 3 pin XLR connector, used in audio for mics, playback machines,
 intercom, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;wiring of 3pin xlr diagram&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://toffer.com/wp/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/3pin_XLR.png&quot; style=&quot;border: 0pt none;&quot; title=&quot;3 Pin XLR Wiring Diagram&quot; /&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;more-25&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;ins style=&quot;border: none; display: inline-table; height: 60px; margin: 0; padding: 0; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 468px;&quot;&gt;&lt;ins id=&quot;aswift_0_anchor&quot; style=&quot;border: none; display: block; height: 60px; margin: 0; padding: 0; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 468px;&quot;&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Cable designed for being cut into standard mic cables may have 2 
pairs of wire and a shield around the outside, in that case pair the 
colors together and make sure they go to the same pin number on each 
end.&amp;nbsp; The surrounding shield should be soldered to pin 1.&amp;nbsp; Balanced 
audio cable designed for installs usually has a black, white, and ground
 wire.&amp;nbsp; The uninsulated ground wire should go to pin 1, the red wire to 
pin 2, and the black wire to pin 3.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;-Source (http://www.toffer.com)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/7831821858150809754'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/7831821858150809754'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/09/3-pin-xlr-wiring-diagram.html' title='3 Pin XLR Wiring Diagram'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-831437546392665242</id><published>2012-08-31T02:58:00.003-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:01:22.708-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Mixer Connections"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Pro PA Setup"/><title type='text'>Mixer Connections &amp; Operation</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;dek&quot; style=&quot;font-size: 14pt;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;A detailed overview for beginners covering commonly asked questions on mixer operation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Many people are confused by mixers because they are complex devices. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;In this article I’ll attempt to answer some beginners’ questions on mixer operation:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• How do I hook up a mixer to the rest of the system? What jacks are best to use? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• How do I use graphic equalizers?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• What are compressors used for?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• How do I use groups? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• How do I set up monitor mixes? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• How do I set up the mixer to add effects?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• What’s a good resource for understanding mixers?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What jacks should I use to connect the mixer to my sound system?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;alignCenter&quot; style=&quot;width: 560px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a class=&quot;highslide&quot; href=&quot;http://www.prosoundweb.com/images/uploads/Fig1BartlettMixersetup.jpg&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Mixer Connections &amp;amp; Operation&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.prosoundweb.com/images/uploads/Fig1BartlettMixersetup.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Click to enlarge&quot; width=&quot;560&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;caption&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Figure 1. Mixer connections.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Connect each mic to the stage box (snake).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• Connect each snake XLR connector to each mic input XLR connector.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• Connect the mixer master or main output to your graphic equalizer 
input, and connect the graphic output to your house power-amp input. If 
you are not using a graphic equalizer for the house speakers, connect 
the mixer master outputs to the inputs of the power amp that drives the 
house speakers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;• If you are recording a board mix of the service or show, connect 
the mixer REC OUT or TAPE OUT connectors to the recorder line inputs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Later in this article we’ll cover connections for compressors, the monitor system and effects devices.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Why would I put a graphic equalizer between the mixer and power amps? Isn’t that what the mixer EQ is for?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Mixer EQ affects the sound of each individual instrument and voice, while the graphic EQ affects the sound of the complete mix. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The graphic equalizer is used the flatten the frequency response of 
the house speakers and room so that the entire sound system is accurate 
or hi-fi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;One way to set a graphic EQ is to play some reference CDs alternately
 through high-quality headphones and through the house loudspeakers. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Adjust the graphic-EQ sliders to make the loudspeakers sound like the headphones in their bass-midrange-treble balance.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Here’s another way to set a graphic equalizer. &lt;br /&gt;
1. Obtain a measurement microphone, which is an omnidirectional 
condenser mic with a flat frequency reponse. Put the mic in the center 
of the audience area.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Plug the mic into a real-time analyzer (RTA) set to display 1/3 octave bands. &lt;br /&gt;
3. Play pink noise through one set of house loudspeakers (one combination of woofer, midrange and tweeter drivers). &lt;br /&gt;
4. On the graphic equalizer, pull down the frequencies that are the highest on the RTA display. &lt;br /&gt;
5. Try to get a flat spectrum (equal level in each frequency band) up to
 1 kHz, then let the spectrum roll off gradually to about 10 dB down at 
10 kHz. This is called a “house curve”.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It’s also common to use a graphic EQ between the mixer’s monitor send 
(aux out) jack and the power amp that drives the monitor speakers (see 
Fig. 1). &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;That EQ is used to reduce the levels of frequencies that feed back. 
You also can use the graphic EQ to reduce the bassy sound in the 
monitors caused by microphone proximity effect (the bass boost that 
occurs when directional mics are used up close). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The monitor signal from the board is pre-EQ, so turning down the bass
 (low frequencies) on the mic channel does not turn down the bass in the
 monitor speakers. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;That’s where a graphic EQ can help: turn down frequencies a few dB 
below 200 Hz or so. Then the monitor speakers won’t sound too bassy and 
muddy.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What’s a compressor for? How do I connect it to a mixer?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;A compressor is used to reduce the dynamic range of whatever signal you 
pass through it. For example, a lead vocalist might suddenly sing a very
 loud note, blasting the listeners. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The compressor is an automatic volume control - it turns down loud 
notes so they don’t get too loud. If this isn’t a problem in your venue,
 you don’t need a compressor.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;You insert a compressor in-line with one of the mic channels (see 
Fig. 1). Find the mic channel on the back of the mixer, and connect its 
insert send to the compressor input. Connect the compressor output to 
the insert return on the same mixer channel. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If there is only one insert jack per channel, the tip of the jack is 
send and the ring of the jack is return, so use a stereo phone plug at 
the mixer going into two plugs (in and out) at the compressor. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Would I use grouping to combine several channels into one—say, for a monitor for just the vocalists?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The groups are for the house speakers, not the monitor speakers. You 
might assign all the vocal mics to Group 1 (also called Subgroup 1 or 
Submix 1). ‘&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Then you can control the overall level of the vocals with just the 
Group 1 fader. Start with the group fader and master fader about 3/4 up 
(at unity gain, or 0 dB).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;You don’t have to use groups, but some people find it convenient. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If you don’t use groups, just assign each mic channel to the stereo 
mix bus (the master stereo output of the console), and turn down all the
 group faders because they are not being used.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;To confuse things, some consoles use Group 1 and Group 2 as the main 
stereo output channels. Other consoles have groups plus a separate 
stereo master output channel.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do I set up monitor mixes?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The aux knobs in your mixer can be used either for monitor mixes or for 
controlling the amount of effects on each input channel. First decide 
which aux channel you want to use for a monitor mix. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;You might use several aux channels (aux 1, aux 2, aux 3) to create 
separate monitor mixes for different performers. Each aux number is a 
separate monitor mix, feeding a separate monitor power-amp channel, 
feeding a separate monitor speaker.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Let’s start with just one monitor mix.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Suppose that you’ll create a monitor mix with all the aux 1 knobs. On
 the back of your mixer, connect the aux 1 send connector to the graphic
 equalizer (if any) used for the monitor speakers, and connect the 
graphic equalizer output to your monitor power-amp input (see Fig. 1). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If you are not using a graphic EQ with your monitor speakers, connect the aux 1 send to the monitor power-amp input. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Set all the monitor aux knobs to pre-fader so that the fader for each channel does not affect the monitor level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;What if you need several different monitor mixes? You might use all 
the aux 1 knobs to set up a monitor mix for the vocalists. Connect aux 1
 out to the power-amp channel for the vocalists’ monitor speakers. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Then use all the aux 2 knobs to set up a monitor mix for the drummer.
 Connect aux 2 out to the power-amp channel for the drummer’s monitor 
speaker. Use aux 3 for the piano player, and so on.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;For example, let’s say the vocalists need to hear only the piano and 
vocals in their monitor speakers. You would  use all the aux 1 knobs 
across the console to set up a monitor mix for the vocalists. Turn up 
the piano channel’s aux 1 knob about halfway. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Turn up the vocal channels’ aux 1 knobs about halfway. Turn up the 
aux 1 master knob (if any) about halfway. Make sure the vocalists can 
hear the monitor mix, and adjust it according to what they want. Turn up
 the aux knobs slowly and stay below the feedback point.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Similarly, suppose the drummer needs to hear only the piano and bass.
 You might use all the aux 2 knobs across the console to set up a 
monitor mix for the drummer. Turn up the piano channel’s aux 2 knob 
about halfway. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Turn up the bass channel’s aux 2 knob about halfway. Turn up the aux 2
 master knob (if any) about halfway. Make sure the drummer can hear the 
monitor mix, and adjust it according to what the drummer wants.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do I set up the mixer to add effects?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;As we said earlier, the aux knobs in your mixer can be used either for 
monitor mixes or for controlling the amount of effects on each input 
channel. First decide which aux channel you want to use for effects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Suppose aux 4 is your effects channel On the back of your mixer, 
connect the aux 4 send connector to the input of your effects device. 
Connect the output of the effects device to the Bus In or Effects Return
 connector on your mixer (see Fig. 1). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Another option is to connect the effects outputs to the line inputs 
of two extra input channel strips on your mixer, and have those be the 
effects-return level controls. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Set the effects-send (aux 4) knobs to post-fader so that the fader 
level also controls the amount of effects. Set the dry/wet mix control 
on the effects unit all the way to wet (100% effect). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;For each input channel (vocal or instrument), use the aux 4 knob to 
set the amount of effects you want to hear on that vocal or instrument.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Note that some mixers have effects built in so you don’t need to make any effects connections.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;- Source ( &lt;a href=&quot;http://prosoundweb.com/&quot;&gt;prosoundweb.com&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/831437546392665242'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/831437546392665242'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/mixer-connections-operation.html' title='Mixer Connections &amp; Operation'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-6790071894027742788</id><published>2012-08-31T00:58:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:04:41.466-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Compressors"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Setting Mic For Drums"/><title type='text'>Setting Mic For Drums</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;h1&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Miking the Drumset in Your Home Recording Studio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If you&#39;re like most musicians, getting great-sounding drum 
recordings seems like one of the world&#39;s great mysteries. You can hear 
big, fat drums on great albums, but when you try to record your drums, 
they always end up sounding more like cardboard boxes than drums. &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-fret&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-0&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;Fret&lt;/a&gt; not — here are some solutions for you.   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;The room&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The room influences the drums&#39; sound more than it influences other 
instruments&#39;. If you&#39;re looking for a big drum sound, you need a fairly 
live room (one with lots of reflection). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;You may be thinking, &quot;But I just have a bedroom for a studio and it&#39;s
 carpeted.&quot; No worries, you can work with that. Remember, you have a 
home studio, so you potentially have your whole &lt;i&gt;home&lt;/i&gt; to work with. Here are a couple of ideas to spark your imagination:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Buy three or four 4-x-8-foot sheets of plywood and lean them up 
against the walls of your room. Also place one on the floor just in 
front of the kick drum. This adds some reflective surfaces to the room.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Put the drums in your garage (or living room, or any other room 
with a reverberating sound) and run long mic cords to your mixer. If you
 have a studio-in-a-box system, you can just throw it under your arm and
 move everything into your garage or, better yet, take all this stuff to
 a really great-sounding room and record.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Set up your drums in a nice-sounding room and place an 
additional mic just outside the door to catch an additional ambient 
sound. You can then mix this in with the other drum tracks to add a 
different quality of reverberation to the drums.   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Kick (bass) drum&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The mic of choice for most recording engineers when recording a kick drum is a &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-dynamics&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-1&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;dynamic&lt;/a&gt; mic. In fact, you can find some large diaphragm dynamic mics specifically designed to record kick drums. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;Tip&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;No matter where you place the mic, you can reduce the 
amount of boominess that you get from the drum by placing a pillow or 
blanket inside the drum. Some people choose to let the pillow or blanket
 touch the inside head.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;That said, you can place your mic in several ways (all conveniently illustrated in Figure 1):&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Near the inside head:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If you take off the outside head or
 cut a hole in it, you can stick the mic inside the drum. Place the mic 2
 to 3 inches away from the inside head and a couple of inches off 
center. This is the standard way to mic a kick drum if you have the 
outside head off or if a hole is cut in it. This placement gives you a &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-sharp&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-2&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;sharp&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-attack&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-3&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;attack&lt;/a&gt; from the beater hitting the head. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Halfway inside the drum:&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;You can modify the preceding 
miking technique by moving the mic back so that it&#39;s about halfway 
inside the drum. In this case, place the mic right in the middle, 
pointing where the beater strikes the drum. This placement gives you 
less of the attack of the beater striking the head and more of the body 
of the drum&#39;s sound.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Near the outside head:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; If you have both heads on the 
drum, you can place the mic a few inches from the outside head. If you 
want a more open, boomy sound (and you have the drum&#39;s &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-pitch&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-4&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;pitch&lt;/a&gt;
 set fairly high), point the mic directly at the center of the head. If 
you want less boom, offset the mic a little and point it about 
two-thirds of the way toward the center.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;figure&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Mic setup for the kick drum&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://media.wiley.com/assets/7/44/0-7645-1634-5_0814.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Kick drum mic setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;caption&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 1:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;There are several places that you can place a mic to get a good kick drum sound.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;Tip&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The kick drum responds quite well to a compressor when 
tracking. For the most part, you can get by with settings that allow the
 initial attack to get through and that tame the boom a little. A sample
 setting looks like this:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Threshold:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; -6dB&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Ratio:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Between 4:1 and 6:1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Attack:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Between 40 ms and 50 ms&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Release:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Between 200 ms and 300 ms&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Gain:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Adjust so that the output level matches the input level. You don&#39;t need much added gain. &lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Snare drum&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The snare drum is probably the most important drum in popular music. The bass guitar can cover the kick drum&#39;s &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-rhythm&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-5&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;rhythm&lt;/a&gt;, and the &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-rest&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-6&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;rest&lt;/a&gt;
 of the drums aren&#39;t part of the main groove. A good, punchy snare drum 
can make a track, whereas a weak, thin one can eliminate the drive that 
most popular music needs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Because the snare drum is located so close to the other drums, 
especially the hi-hats, a cardioid pattern mic is a must. The most 
common mic for a snare drum is the trusty Shure SM57. The mic is 
generally placed between the hi-hats and the small tom-tom about 1 or 2 
inches from the snare drum head (see Figure 2). Point the diaphragm 
directly at the head. You may need to make some minor adjustments to 
eliminate any bleed from the hi-hats. This &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-position&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-7&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;position&lt;/a&gt; gives you a nice punchy sound.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;figure&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Mic setup for Snare drum&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://media.wiley.com/assets/7/55/0-7645-1634-5_0815.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Mic setup for Snare drum&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;caption&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 2:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The proper placement for the snare drum mic.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Adding compression to the snare drum is crucial if you want a tight, 
punchy sound. There are a lot of ways to go with the snare. The 
following settings are common and versatile:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Threshold:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; -4dB&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Ratio:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; Between 4:1 and 6:1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Attack:&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Between 5 ms and 10 ms&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Release:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Between 125 ms and 175 ms&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;article-list&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Gain:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Adjust so that the output level matches the input level. You don&#39;t need much added gain. &lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Tom-toms&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The tom-toms sound best when using a dynamic mic. For the mounted 
toms (the ones above the kick drum), you can use one or two mics. If you
 use one mic, place it between the two drums about 4 to 6 inches away 
from the heads (Figure 3 shows this placement option). If you use two 
mics, place one above each drum about 1 to 3 inches above the head.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;figure&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Mic setup for drums tom tom&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://media.wiley.com/assets/7/68/0-7645-1634-5_0816.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Mic setup for drums tom tom&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;caption&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 3:&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Miking the mounted tom-toms with one mic.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Floor toms are miked the same way as the mounted tom-toms: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Place a single mic a couple of inches away from the head near the rim. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If you have more than one floor tom, you can place one mic between them or mic them individually.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If you want to apply compression to the tom-toms, you can start with 
the settings that for the snare drum in the preceding section.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Hi-hats&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The hi-hats are generally part of the main groove and, as such, you 
want to spend time getting a good sound. You&#39;ll probably have problems 
with a few other mics on the drumset &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-pick&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-8&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;picking&lt;/a&gt; up the hi-hats, particularly the snare drum mic and overhead mics. Some people don&#39;t bother miking the hi-hats for this reason.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;Warning&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Hi-hats often sound too trashy through the snare drum
 mic. If you mic hi-hats, make sure that the snare drum mic is picking 
up as little of the hi-hats as possible by placing it properly and/or 
using a noise gate (a dynamic processor use to filter unwanted noise). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;You can use either a dynamic mic or, better yet, a small diaphragm 
condenser mic for the hi-hats. The dynamic mic gives you a trashier 
sound and the small diaphragm condenser mic produces a &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-brightness&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-9&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;bright&lt;/a&gt;
 sound. You can work with either by adjusting the EQ. Try adding just a 
little bit (4dB or so) of a shelf EQ set at 10 kHz to add just a little 
sheen to the hi-hats.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Place the mic about 3 to 4 inches above the hi-hats and point it 
down. The exact placement of the mic is less important than the 
placement of the other instrument mics because of the hi-hats&#39; tone. 
Just make sure your mic isn&#39;t so close that you hit it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Compression isn&#39;t usually necessary when tracking the hi-hats unless 
you have a drummer whose volume level is inconsistent. In this case, try
 using the same snare drum settings.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Cymbals&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;You want to know one secret to the huge drum sound of Led Zeppelin&#39;s 
drummer, John Bonham? Finesse. He understood that the drums sound louder
 and bigger in a mix if the cymbals are quieter in comparison. So he 
played his cymbals softly and hit the drums pretty hard. This allowed 
the engineer to raise up the levels of the drums without having the 
cymbals drown everything else out. Absolutely brilliant. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Because the drums bleeding into the overhead mics is inevitable and 
the overhead mics are responsible for providing much of the drums&#39; 
presence in a mix, playing the cymbals softly allows you to get more of 
the drums in these mics. This helps the drums sound bigger. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;Tip&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Ask (no, demand) that your drummer play the cymbals quieter. Also use smaller cymbals with a fast attack and a short &lt;a class=&quot;tooltip-link&quot; href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html#glossary-decay&quot; id=&quot;tooltip-10&quot; rel=&quot;tooltip&quot;&gt;decay&lt;/a&gt;. Doing these things creates a better balance between the drums and cymbals and makes the drums stand out more in comparison.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Small diaphragm condenser mics capture the cymbals&#39; high frequencies 
well. You can mic the cymbals by placing mics about 6 inches above each 
cymbal or by using overhead mics set 1 to 3 feet above the cymbals.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;The whole kit&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Most of the time, you want to have at least one (but preferably two) 
ambient mics on the drums if for no other reason than to pick up the 
cymbals. These (assuming you use two mics) are called &lt;i&gt;overhead mics&lt;/i&gt;
 and, as the name implies, they are placed above the drumset. The most 
common types of mics to use for overheads are large and small diaphragm 
condenser mics because they pick up the high frequencies in the cymbals 
and give the drumset&#39;s sound a nice sheen (brightness). You also may 
want to try a pair of ribbon mics to pick up a nice, sweet sound on the 
overheads.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;To mic the drumset with overhead mics, you can use either the X-Y 
coincident technique or spaced stereo pairs. Place them 1 to 2 feet 
above the cymbals, just forward of the drummer&#39;s head. Place X-Y mics in
 the center and set up spaced stereo pairs so that they follow the 3:1 
rule (the mics should be set up 3 to 6 feet apart if they are 1 to 2 
feet above the cymbals). This counters any phase problems. Point the mic
 down toward the drums and you&#39;re ready to record. Figure 4 shows both 
of these set-ups.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;figure&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Mic set up for the cymbals&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://media.wiley.com/assets/7/77/0-7645-1634-5_0817.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Mic Setup for the Drums Kit&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;figure&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Mic Set up for Cymbals / Crashes&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://media.wiley.com/assets/7/39/0-7645-1634-5_0818.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Mic Set up for Cymbals&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;caption&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 4:&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Overhead mics capture the cymbals and the drums.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;caption&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;caption&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/miking-the-drumset-in-your-home-recording-studio.html&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;- Source (dummies.com) &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/6790071894027742788'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/6790071894027742788'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/setting-mic-for-drums.html' title='Setting Mic For Drums'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-8301979722373548443</id><published>2012-08-28T00:31:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:06:32.999-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Pro PA Setup"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Snake Cables"/><title type='text'>Large stereo tri-amped PA system.</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Professional PA set up, Large PA set up diagram,PA setup&quot; height=&quot;442&quot; src=&quot;http://www.thefxcode.com/audio/PASetup7.gif&quot; title=&quot;Large stereo tri-amped PA system&quot; width=&quot;648&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;With the exception of the 
compressors, the additions incorporated into this system are simply a 
doubling of the system components covered in previous examples. At this 
point, you should have a pretty good grasp of how to hook it all 
together, so rather than listing a lengthy step by step, I have listed a
 brief description of each addition included in this example.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Two Monitor Mixes&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Running more than one monitor mix can be very useful in that you 
can provide different monitor mixes for different parts of the stage.  I
 have found that the drummer often wants to hear different things in the
 mix than the rest of the band.  With two different monitor mixes, this 
is easily accomplished.  Simply assign one monitor mix (channel A) to 
the drummer and another (channel B) to everyone else.  This way you can 
adjust what the drummer hears independently of what everyone else on 
stage hears.  In order to do this, your soundboard needs to be equipped 
with more than one monitor channel. These channels, usually designated 
as &quot;Monitor A&quot; and &quot;Monitor B&quot;, will be controlled by separate knobs and
 will have separate outputs which must in turn be hooked into separate 
equalizers, amplifiers, and speakers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Multiple Effects Loops&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The same concept applies to the effects loops.  To hook up two 
effects loops in a mixer that is equipped for it, all you have to do is 
run one loop through &quot;Effects A&quot; and another separate loop through 
&quot;Effects B&quot;.  Some boards come equipped with several different available
 effects loops that may be labeled &quot;Effects 1&quot;, &quot;Effects 2&quot;,etc.  
Sometimes the effects will be labeled as &quot;auxiliary&quot;.  You can run as 
many separate effects loops as your mixer is equipped to handle provided
 that you have enough separate effects units to pull it off.  One 
possible use for this set up is that you could assign nothing but a long
 delay (echo) to Aux 2 and your general effects to Aux 1.  Then when a 
song required a long echo on a certain part, all you would have to do is
 turn up the slider or knob for Aux 2 to get your desired echo without 
changing to rest of the effects at the same time.   Then when the echo 
wasn&#39;t needed anymore, you could simply turn the Aux 2 all the way down 
effectively removing that effect from the mix.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;&quot; style=&quot;background-color: #eeeeee; color: black;&quot;&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;i&gt;The 
effects send, monitor out, and auxiliary out channels are essentially 
nothing more than  specifically labeled line out channels.  This means 
that as long as you pay close attention to where you plugged things in 
and you properly re-label your knobs, you can use them interchangeably. 
Usually, the only reason to do this would be to acquire another monitor 
mix in a board that is equipped with only one monitor channel but has an
 extra unused auxiliary channel. To avoid confusion, I would recommend 
doing this only as a last resort.  Also, don&#39;t forget that in order for 
your effects to work, they must return to the soundboard to complete the
 effects loop.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Mains in Stereo&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Running two separate channels for the mains is what is known as 
running a stereo PA system.  To do this, you need a stereo mixing board.
  This board will consist of two output channels for the mains.  These 
will be labeled either &quot;left&quot; and &quot;right&quot; or &quot;A&quot; and &quot;B&quot;.  The sliders 
for each input channel on the board will control both channels 
simultaneously, but there will be a &quot;pan&quot; knob above each that will 
allow you to pan the volume from left to right just like the &quot;balance&quot; 
knob on your car stereo.  The output sliders on the board will operate 
the outputs for channel &quot;A&quot; and &quot;B&quot; independently of one another.  
Hooking this system up is essentially the same as what you did when 
hooking up two monitor mixes.  Simply run the left channel &quot;A&quot; out to 
it&#39;s own equalizer, crossover, amplifiers, and speakers, and then do the
 same for the right channel &quot;B&quot;.  This is where those stereo (two 
channel) components come in handy.  For instance, you can hook the &quot;left
 out&quot; from the board into the channel &quot;A&quot; input of the equalizer and 
hook the &quot;right out&quot; from the board into the channel &quot;B&quot; input of the 
same stereo equalizer.  This principal can be followed all the way 
through the crossover, and the amplifiers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;&quot; style=&quot;background-color: #eeeeee; color: black;&quot;&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;When using a stereo amplifier in this way, make sure the switch in the back is switched to &quot;stereo&quot; mode.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Compressors&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;Compressors are an effect that is usually run in-line in the main
 signal path.  They make a subtle change in the sound of the entire 
system that amounts to &quot;taking the edge off&quot;.  There are a lot of 
technical descriptions for what they do, but my best description is to 
say that they do just what the name implies.  They squash (or compress) 
the sound together to create a more compact and clean sound.  Be careful
 with these, they can be used for either good &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;or&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; evil.  Set to a 
moderate level, they can add to the quality of your overall sound, but 
set too high, they can take the life right out of your performance.  
Honestly, I am not the biggest fan of compressors, but I think I am in 
the minority, so I felt I should incorporate them into at least one 
example.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;The Snake&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;At some point you may want to
 use a soundman to run sound from somewhere other than the stage.  In 
order to get the board out in front of the stage and across the dance 
floor, you will need a PA snake.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Snake cable connections, Snake for PA, PA cable connections&quot; height=&quot;123&quot; src=&quot;http://www.thefxcode.com/audio/Snake000.gif&quot; title=&quot;Snake Cable Connection&quot; width=&quot;591&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;The PA snake is used like an extension cord that connects all of 
the things on and behind the stage to all the things the sound man will 
be using in the sound booth on the other side of the room.  The snake 
should have at least as many low impedance (low Z) channels as your 
soundboard, and at least 2 to 4 high impedance (high Z) channels 
depending on whether you are running a stereo setup or not.  When 
setting your system up this way, the soundboard should be placed at 
least 30 feet or farther out in front of the main speakers so that the 
sound engineer will be far enough away to get a clear idea of what is 
coming out of the system.  Also, the equalizers, the compressors, and 
the effects should be located along side the soundboard while the 
amplifiers and the crossovers should be located on or behind the stage. 
 The on stage end of the snake will be a big box with individually 
numbered High Z inputs and Low Z outputs.  The end of the snake toward 
the sound booth will have high Z outputs and Low Z inputs with numbers 
corresponding the inputs and outputs on the stage end. The ends toward 
the sound booth will be loose and look like the ends of microphone or 
instrument cords.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;To properly hook up the snake,
 simply plug each of the loose low Z ends into the channel on the 
soundboard that corresponds with the number printed on that end, then 
plug all of  your microphones on stage into their regularly assigned 
channels at the box end of the snake.  For instance, the loose end 
marked &quot;1&quot; should be plugged into input channel number 1 of the 
soundboard.   Then, on the stage you can plug microphone number 1 into 
the number 1 input on the box end of the snake thus assigning microphone
 number 1 to channel number 1 of the soundboard.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;The high Z inputs and outputs 
are there to provide an extension between the compressors (if you&#39;re 
using them.  If not, insert the word EQ for the word &quot;compressor&quot;) at 
the sound booth and the crossovers on the stage.  To do this, simply 
plug one of the high Z loose ends of the snake into the output of the 
compressor, and then plug a cable between the corresponding high Z 
channel on the box end of the snake and the input of the crossover 
located on the stage.   This same principle applies to both the monitor 
channels and the main channels.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;- Source ( thefxcode.com)&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/8301979722373548443'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/8301979722373548443'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/large-stereo-tri-amped-pa-system.html' title='Large stereo tri-amped PA system.'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-637982519540237198</id><published>2012-08-27T23:53:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:07:49.787-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Crossover"/><title type='text'> Crossovers</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Basically, crossovers are little electrical 
devices that receive a fullrange signal and divide it into separate outputs of 
midrange frequencies, lowrange frequencies, and highrange frequencies. That way, 
the highs are sent only to the speakers designed for the highs, the lows are 
sent only to the speakers designed for the lows, and the mids are sent only to 
the speakers designed for the mids. Passive crossovers do this by dividing the 
signal after it leaves the power amp while &lt;i&gt;active crossovers&lt;/i&gt; do this by 
dividing the signal before it gets to the power amps.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Passive crossovers (located inside 
full range speaker cabinets) are good in that they make it possible to provide a 
full range of sound using only one amplifier, but they are a little inefficient. 
Since all the speakers are working from the same source, the low speakers, which 
require more power, will tend to rob power from the higher frequency speakers 
and horns.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Active crossovers (plugged in-line 
before the amplifiers) are good in that they make it possible to power the mids, 
lows, and highs from different amplifiers. This way you can use a big 
super-duper amplifier for your lows, and use a smaller amp for the mids and 
highs. This is a much more efficient use of power, and it gives you the ability 
to acquire a much more powerful and full sound. The catch is that using an 
active crossover requires a lot more equipment and expense.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Using an active crossover in a system 
is sometimes called bi-amping or tri-amping. Below is an example of tri-amping 
the mains in a mono system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Tri-Amping the Mains&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Tri Amping System,PA using Crossover, how to use crossover&quot; height=&quot;275&quot; src=&quot;http://www.thefxcode.com/audio/PASetup6.gif&quot; title=&quot;Crossovers&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; The effects loop and the monitor system should be 
connected in the same way as before, but now the mains have been turned into a 
tri-amped system. To do this, a crossover, three separate amplifiers, and three 
separate sets of speaker cabinets must be used. Each of these amplifiers as well 
as each set of speaker cabinets must be designated to a specific audio 
frequency. Which frequency goes where is determined by the outputs on the 
crossover. The &quot;low out&quot; should go to the input of the amp with the highest 
wattage because the low end speakers will require the most power, and the &quot;high 
out&quot; should go to the amp with the lowest wattage because the horns will need 
the least power. Just remember that it takes a lot more energy to vibrate the 
great big cone on a fifteen or eighteen inch speaker than it does to move the 
tiny diaphragm in a midrange horn.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;&quot; style=&quot;color: #cccccc;&quot;&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Never plug a high end 
  speaker or horn into the amp that is plugged into the &quot;low out&quot; of the 
  crossover. These speakers are not designed to handle such low frequencies and 
  will be damaged very quickly if hooked up incorrectly.  &lt;/i&gt;
  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;To hook up the system in example , follow 
steps 1 through 15:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;center&gt;

&lt;ins style=&quot;border: none; display: inline-table; height: 15px; margin: 0; padding: 0; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 728px;&quot;&gt;&lt;ins id=&quot;aswift_2_anchor&quot; style=&quot;border: none; display: block; height: 15px; margin: 0; padding: 0; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 728px;&quot;&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/center&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Monitors and Effects&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Connect these together as described in 
    example.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Mains&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;(Keep in mind that even though 
the signal flow splits inside the crossover, it still flows &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;from&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; the mic &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
toward&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; the speakers) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug a high impedance cord into the main 
    &quot;output&quot; of the mixer.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other end of this cord into the 
    &quot;input&quot; of the main equalizer.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug another high Z cord into the 
    &quot;output&quot; of the equalizer.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other end of this cord into the 
    &quot;input&quot; of the crossover.
    &lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Lows&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;6&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug a high Z cord into the &quot;low 
    output&quot;of the crossover.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other end of this cord into the 
    &quot;input&quot; of the &lt;i&gt;highest&lt;/i&gt; powered amp.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug a speaker cord from each &quot;speaker 
    out&quot; of this amp into the &quot;input&quot; of each low speaker (one cord to each 
    speaker).
    &lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Mids&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;9&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug a high Z cord into the &quot;mid 
    output&quot;of the crossover.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other end of this cord into the 
    &quot;input&quot; of the middle powered amplifier.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug a speaker cord from each &quot;speaker 
    out&quot; of this amp into the &quot;input&quot; of each midrange speaker (one cord to each 
    speaker).
    &lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Highs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;12&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug a high Z cord into the &quot;high 
    output&quot;of the crossover.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other end of this cord into the 
    &quot;input&quot; of the &lt;i&gt;least&lt;/i&gt; powerful amplifier.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug a speaker cord from each &quot;speaker 
    out&quot; of this amp into the &quot;input&quot; of each Midrange/high horn (one cord to 
    each horn).
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Take a break. That was a lot of work.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;To see how a large super-duper stereo 
PA system with multiple effects loops, monitors, and compressors is hooked up, 
simply click on &quot;next page&quot;. Be patient though. The diagram is a little bit on 
the large side and will take a little time to load up.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Source (thefxcode.com)&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/637982519540237198'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/637982519540237198'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/crossovers.html' title=' Crossovers'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-3847377563022051622</id><published>2012-08-27T22:50:00.005-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:08:42.877-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Audio Setup for Office"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Basic PA setup"/><title type='text'>Small Practical PA</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;h3 align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Small Practical PA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Basic PA Setup, PA basic setup, small pratical pa&quot; height=&quot;255&quot; src=&quot;http://www.thefxcode.com/audio/PASetup5.gif&quot; title=&quot;Pratical PA&quot; width=&quot;629&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Here we have added  
monitors and effects.  The monitors are the speakers that face back 
toward the stage so that the people there can hear themselves singing. 
They require a separate equalizer and amplifier and are hooked up in the
 same configuration as the mains (mic to mixer to EQ to amp to speaker),
 except that the cord running to the input on the monitor EQ is coming 
from the  &quot;Monitor out&quot; channel on the soundboard rather than the &quot;Main 
out&quot;.  Basically what has happened is that the signal that has left the 
microphone has been split by the internal electronics of the soundboard 
into two separate signals. One signal is then routed through the 
&quot;monitor out&quot; into the monitors while the other is routed through the 
&quot;main out&quot; into the mains.  This makes it possible to adjust the sound 
coming out of the monitor speakers separately from the sound coming out 
of the main speakers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;i&gt;If you 
are using a stereo equalizer, you can run the mains through one channel 
of the EQ (say channel &quot;A&quot;) and the monitors through the other (channel 
&quot;B&quot;).  Just remember which channel you assigned to the mains and which 
you assigned to the monitors..  That way you know which sliders and 
knobs adjust each part of the system.  Doing this avoids the need to 
purchase a separate EQ, and allows you to fully utilize the equipment 
you already have.&lt;br /&gt;This same principle can be applied to any stereo 
components in the system such as amplifiers, compressors, and 
crossovers, etc.....&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;center style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;

&lt;ins style=&quot;border: none; display: inline-table; height: 15px; margin: 0; padding: 0; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 728px;&quot;&gt;&lt;ins id=&quot;aswift_1_anchor&quot; style=&quot;border: none; display: block; height: 15px; margin: 0; padding: 0; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 728px;&quot;&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/center&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;The effects help to thicken 
out or modify the sound that is going through the PA system.  There are 
many different kinds of effects including such things as delay (echo), 
reverb, and chorus. These can be hooked up &quot;in line&quot; or directly in the 
path of the signal, but are much more versatile when hooked up in an 
&quot;effects loop&quot;.  An effects loop  is created when a signal is sent out 
of the soundboard into and through whatever effects you are using and 
then &quot;loops&quot; back into the soundboard.  Once this loop is set up 
properly, the effects can then be adjusted individually for each input 
channel (microphone, keyboard, etc...) on the soundboard.  This means 
you could put a lot of echo on one guys vocals while adjusting another 
guys to have almost none.  On the other hand, a digital delay (echo 
effect) in line with the mains....say, between the mixer and the 
EQ....would affect everything coming out of the main speakers equally, 
and everyone would have the same amount of echo.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Now that we have examined the concept, here&#39;s how you plug it all in:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Mains&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: white; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Connect everything together as described in example 2.  This is essentially the signal path for the mains.
    &lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Monitors&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; (Remember, signal path flows &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;from&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; the microphone &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;toward&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; the speaker.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug a high Z cable (patch cable) into the &quot;Monitor out&quot; of the mixer.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other end of this cord into the &quot;input&quot; of the monitor equalizer.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug one end of a high Z cord into the &quot;output&quot; of the monitor equalizer.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other end of this cord into the &quot;input&quot; of the monitor power amp.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug two speaker cords into two speaker &quot;outputs&quot; on the monitor power amp.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other ends of these cords into the &quot;inputs&quot; of the monitor speakers.
    &lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Effects loop&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;8&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug a patch cord (usually high 
Z) into the &quot;effects send&quot; or &quot;effects out&quot; of the soundboard.  This is 
where the signal leaves the mixer (you are &lt;i&gt;sending&lt;/i&gt; it &lt;i&gt;out&lt;/i&gt; of the mixer).
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other end of the cord into the &quot;input&quot; of the effects unit.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug another High Z cord into the &quot;output&quot; of the effects unit.
    &lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Plug the other end of this cord into the &quot;effects return&quot; or &quot;effects in&quot; on the soundboard.  This is where the signal 
&lt;i&gt;returns&lt;/i&gt; to the mixer thus completing the effects &quot;loop&quot;. &lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=4786372742257039523&quot; name=&quot;mult&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;h3 align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Multiple effects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;You will probably want to run 
several different effects at the same time.  This can be done by either 
using a multiple effects unit that will run many effects simultaneously 
within a single unit, or by putting several different effects units in 
line within the same effects loop. &quot;In line&quot; simply means hooking them 
up in a row such as in the following example.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;[Effects Loop]&quot; height=&quot;116&quot; src=&quot;http://www.thefxcode.com/audio/FXLoop00.gif&quot; width=&quot;395&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;In this case the signal flow is coming &lt;i&gt;from&lt;/i&gt; effects send and flowing &lt;i&gt;toward&lt;/i&gt;
 return. Remembering that the inputs are always on the upstream side of 
the flow, the &quot;inputs&quot; in this situation will always be coming &lt;i&gt;from&lt;/i&gt; the effects send jack, and the &quot;outputs&quot; will always be going &lt;i&gt;toward&lt;/i&gt; the effects return jack. Thus we have a signal path like this:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;Effects send (from 
the board) to Input (on the delay) to Output (on the delay unit) to 
Input (on the Reverb unit) to Output (on the reverb unit) to Effects 
return (on the board)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Some soundboards are equipped 
with more than one effects channel.  All you need to remember is that if
 you used the effects send from channel &quot;A&quot;, you have to use the effects
 return for channel &quot;A&quot;.  If your board has more than one effects 
channel, you can set them up totally independent of each other. This 
gives even more control when adjusting the sound to the individual mixer
 inputs (microphones, etc...).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;- Source (thefxcode.com) &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/3847377563022051622'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/3847377563022051622'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/small-practical-pa.html' title='Small Practical PA'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-8986910573684019692</id><published>2012-08-27T22:31:00.004-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:09:50.049-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Gate"/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;h1 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Noise Gates&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
A Guide to Noise Gates in PA Systems&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;space&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
A &lt;b&gt;Noise Gate&lt;/b&gt; is to an expander much as a limiter is to a compressor. Essentially it is an expander that mutes the signal when it falls
below the threshold, rather than simply reducing the gain. A downward expander with a ratio
higher than 8:1 is effectively acting as a noise gate.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
What it is&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Usually a noise gate is a 19&quot; 1U box with knobs or buttons (and more 
often than not a couple of LED meters) on the front. Some compressors 
have a noise gate function included in the channel facilities.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
What it does&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
A noise gate mutes the signal when it falls below a threshold (the threshold is generally user-determined).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
How it works&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
It senses the input level, and closes the channel when the input level falls below the threshold. It can have controls for:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;bullet&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Threshold.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The level below which the signal is muted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;bullet reduced&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Attack.&lt;/b&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;How quickly the gate opens 
once the signal reaches the threshold. On most sounds (particularly 
percussive sounds), the attack should be very fast to avoid cutting off 
the beginning of the sound.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;bullet reduced&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Release.&lt;/b&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Certain important parts of 
the sound (decaying resonance &amp;amp; natural reverb tails) may fall below
 the threshold. If the gate is closed too soon, the cut off may be 
audible (&amp;amp; unnatural).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;bullet reduced&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Filter.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;If a noise gate is used on a 
small rack-mounted tom, low-frequency sound from the kick drum may 
exceed any usable threshold. A filter enables the user to tune out (or 
sometimes tune in) a frequency range, so that the gate only opens when 
sounds in a particular frequency range exceed the threshold.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;bullet reduced&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Stereo/Mono.&lt;/b&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Most multi-channel noise
 gates allow coupling of each pair of channels for stereo use. If gating
 is applied to left and right channels independently, drop-out of one or
 other side can result whenever the signal on one side is above and on 
the other side below the threshold.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
How do you use it?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
If all else fails, read the manual!&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Noise gates are usually connected on channel inserts.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Expanders and noise gates can have a disastrous effect if set up 
badly, and are at best problematic in live performances: spill from 
other
instruments or from monitors can make it impossible to set effective 
thresholds. With care they can deal with very situation-specific 
problems (for example, buzzing from a bass guitar can be silenced 
between songs by careful use of a noise gate with a filter). However, 
they are most commonly used on drums, either to reduce spill between 
drums, or to reduce the ringing of undamped toms. In this application, 
they are usually used on channel inserts.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
To use a noise gate on a drum:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;number&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
1. Set the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.astralsound.com/mixers1.htm#gain&quot;&gt;channel gain&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;number halfspace&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
2. Set the attack and release to their fastest settings.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;number halfspace&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
3. While the drummer hits that drum (and only that drum), raise the threshold until the drum starts to cut off.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;number halfspace&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
4. Reduce the threshold a couple of decibels, so that the beat always exceeds it.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;number halfspace&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
5. Increase the release time gradually, so that the drum is able to ring on a little after each beat.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Although the cut-off will still be audible, this will be much less 
noticeable when the whole kit is being used and the whole band is 
playing. A little reverb on the drum will help make the cut-off less 
noticeable during solos.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Other than on drums, leave well alone.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
Do you need one?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
If the drums are well tuned and damped (or if ringing toms are an 
intentional part of the drummer&#39;s sound), you probably don&#39;t need one. 
Otherwise, one channel for the kick drum and one for each tom can be 
useful. Most &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.astralsound.com/compressors.htm&quot;&gt;compressors&lt;/a&gt; include a basic noise gate on each channel, which is useful if you need to gate and
compress the same signal (kick drum is sometimes a good candidate for this).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
What sort do you need?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
One that has at least all the controls described above. Four channels
 is usually enough (which might mean you need more than one unit).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;-&amp;nbsp; Source (astralsound.com)&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/8986910573684019692'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/8986910573684019692'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/noise-gates-guide-to-noise-gates-in-pa.html' title=''/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-1248689925796833457</id><published>2012-08-27T22:18:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:12:07.754-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Compressors"/><title type='text'>Dynamics Processors : Compressors / limiters</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2.1. Introduction
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; The aim of a compressor is to reduce the
level of the loudest signals. Typical reasons for compressing are:
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Controlling the energy of a signal.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The human ear
    detects energy changes on signals. We can express the energy of a signal
    mathematically as its RMS value (roughly&amp;nbsp; its average value excluding the sign).
    The human ear is very sensitive to energy variations, so changes should
    always be smooth and subtle so as not to be evident to the ear.
    Alternatively, abrupt or excessive compression maybe used as an effect,
    though this is normally used for recording applications and not for live
    sound.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
    Thus, we could keep a singer&#39;s voice under control, compensating for higher
    levels at the microphone due to shouting or getting too close to the mic,
    and therefore making the voice&#39;s levels more even.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Controlling the peak levels of a signal.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Very often,
    our equipment is limited by its peak signal capacity. Amplifiers in
    different parts of a mixer&#39;s signal path may saturate. A power amplifier may
    clip. Loudspeakers maybe in danger of getting damaged by excessive excursion.
    In these cases, we are concerned about controlling the peak
    levels of signals, such that the needed processing tends to be some form of
    limiting rather than compression.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Reduce the dynamic range on a signal.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;  If we
    attenuate the peaks out of signal, we are reducing its dynamic range. Since
    many devices are peak limited (power amplifiers, recorders), this allows us
    to increase the RMS level of the signal.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Other than compressing RMS or peak levels,
the detection circuit may also be RMS or peak based. Some compressors provide
the ability to select between compressing based on the detection of average (RMS,
the most common option) or instantaneous (peak) levels. The way to detect RMS
levels may also vary: higher quality compressors detect real RMS, while cheaper
ones only approximate it.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Which brings us to defining what a limiter
is. A limiter is really just a form of compressor. We could say that compressing
is smooth attenuation, whereas limiting is doing it in an abrupt manner. Often
we will come across compressors that feature dedicated limiters, thus offering
simultaneous compression and limiting from a single unit. Typically, the
term limiter is also associated to faster times, particularly for attack, so as
to avoid exceeding a specific signal maximum at all times. Standard compressors
will normally have a range of ratio values that allow performing both
compression and limiting, which is the reason why they tend to be referred to as
compressor/limiters.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2.2. Controls&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Compression is a difficult task that may require very different
characteristics depending of the type of signal. Numerous controls are therefore
needed. The drawing below shows a compressor with the most common controls.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;A typical compressor / Compressor Controls&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;148&quot; src=&quot;http://www.doctorproaudio.com/doctor/temas/din_comp_device.gif&quot; title=&quot;Un compresor típico / A typical compressor&quot; width=&quot;500&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
The most common controls provided on compressors are given below. You may not
always find all of them, or you may get additional ones:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Threshold&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;When this level is exceeded, the processor starts
    compressing (i.e., attenuating, reducing volume).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: white;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
    The illustration below shows resulting levels (in dBs) of a signal being
    compressed with a higher and a lower threshold level. In the first example,
    the third signal peak passes through unaltered.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Gráfica comparativa de umbral alto y bajo / Comparative graph for high and low thresholds&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;179&quot; src=&quot;http://www.doctorproaudio.com/doctor/temas/din_comp_com2.gif&quot; title=&quot;Gráfica comparativa de umbral alto y bajo / Comparative graph for high and low thresholds&quot; width=&quot;500&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Attack time&lt;/b&gt;. &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;It&#39;s the time it takes for the signal to get fully
    compressed after exceeding the threshold level. Minimum attack times may
    oscillate between 50 and 500 us (microseconds) depending on the type and
    brand of unit, while maximum times are in the range from 20 to 100 ms (milliseconds).
    Sometimes these times are not available as times, but rather as slopes in
    dB per second. Fast times may create distortion, since they modify the
    waveform of low frequencies, which are slower. For instance, one cycle at 100
    Hz lasts 10 ms, so that a 1 ms attack time has the time to alter the
    waveform, thereby generating distortion.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: white;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
    Specially for mastering and FM radio broadcast applications, where low
    dynamics are desired, there exist multiband compressors (also know as
    split-band compressors) that divide the
    spectrum into several frequency bands which are compressed separately with
    different compression times (faster for high frequencies, slower for low
    frequencies), and summed again into a single signal. This minimizes
    compression induced distortion while achieving very high compression, and
    avoids &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;dulling&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; of the sound, a compression side effect that will be
    explained later.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: white;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
    In limiter applications where we want to avoid speaker damage, the longer
    the attack time, the higher the risk of damaging the equipment. However, too
    fast an attack time will generate distortion... we start to see the
    difficulties of selecting the correct times.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Release time&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;It&#39;s the opposite of attack time, that is, the time
    it takes for the signal to go from the processed (attenuated) state back to
    the original signal. Release times are much longer than attack times, and
    range from 40-60 ms to 2-5 seconds, depending on the unit. Sometimes, these
    times are not available as times, bur rather as slopes in dB per second. In
    general, the release time has to be the shortest possible time that does not
    produce a &quot;pumping&quot; effect, caused by cyclic activation and
    deactivation of compression. These cycles make the dominant signal (normally
    the bass drum and bass guitar) also modulate the noise floor, producing a
    &quot;breathing&quot; effect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote class=&quot;medium&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Although it is not commonplace on compressors (it is on gates), some models
  may provide a &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;hold time&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; control. This can be useful to avoid low
  frequency distortion when fast release times are needed, by setting the hold
  time to a time longer than a cycle of the lowest frequency. For instance, 50 ms
  for 20 Hz. That way the compressor &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;waits&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; for a cycle to be completed,
  thereby avoiding distortion of the shape of the waveform.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=4786372742257039523&quot; name=&quot;Compression Ratio&quot;&gt;Compression ratio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;.
&lt;/span&gt;    &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;This parameter specifies the amount of compression (attenuation) that is
    applied to the signal. It normally ranges between 1:1 (which is read &quot;one
    to one&quot;, and represents unity gain, i.e., no attenuation at all) and 40:1 (forty
    to one). The ratios are expressed in decibels, so that a ratio of, for
    instance, 6:1, means that a signal exceeding the threshold by 6 dB will be
    attenuated down to 1 dB above the threshold, while a signal exceeding
    the threshold by 18 dB will be attenuated down to 3 dB above it. Likewise, a
    3:1
    (three to one) ratio means that a signal exceeding the threshold by 3 dB will
    be attenuated down to 1 dB. With a 20:1 ratio and above the compressor is
    considered to work as a limiter, though a theoretical limiter would have a
    compression ratio of infinity to one (whatever the input level, it would
    always be attenuated down to the threshold level, so that output would never
    exceed the threshold once the attack time has elapsed). We could say that a ratio
    of around de 3:1 is moderate compression, 5:1 medium compression and 8:1
    strong compression, while over 20:1 (or 10:1, depending on who you ask)
    would be limiting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
    The illustration below shows original and compressed signal levels for
    ratios ranging from moderate to maximum compression (limiting). The ratios,
    from left to right, are 3:1, 1.5:1 and infinity:1 (note the slight &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;overshoot
    as&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; it takes a
    finite attack time to clamp the signal down to the threshold level).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Gráfica comparativa de diferentes relaciones de compresión / Comparative graph for different compression ratios&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;174&quot; src=&quot;http://www.doctorproaudio.com/doctor/temas/din_comp_com1.gif&quot; title=&quot;Gráfica comparativa de diferentes relaciones de compresión / Comparative graph for different compression ratios&quot; width=&quot;750&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;blockquote style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
In a way, compression ratio and threshold are related, since both
  increasing the ratio and lowering the thershold will result in more
  compression being applied to the signal.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
A more scientific way to show compression is through input
  versus output diagrams. We will find this type of graph in the user&#39;s manual
  of our unit. The 45 degree straight line represents the absence of dynamics
  processing, i.e., like a (loss less) cable. Above the threshold (which we have
  arbitrarily set to 0 dB), the 45 degree line deviates and forms another
  straight line with a slope that is lower the higher the compression ratio is.
  The line for the infinity:1 ratio shows a zero slope, since we are forcing the
  output signal to never exceed the threshold level, no matter what the input
  level is.&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE : If you find the graphs difficult to understand, look for an input level
  (horizontal axis) and follow it upwards in a straight line until you meet one
  of the compression lines. Take that point all the way to the left in a straight
  line to the output levels (vertical axis) and check that the level is lower.
  The example dotted gray line in the graph shows how a +10 dB input level
  becomes +5 dB a the output for a 2:1 compression ratio.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Gráfico de salida/entrada de un compresor / Output/input graph for a compressor&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;418&quot; src=&quot;http://www.doctorproaudio.com/doctor/temas/din_comp1.gif&quot; title=&quot;Gráfico de salida/entrada de un compresor / Output/input graph for a compressor&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Knee&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;On compressors that have it, it is a control that 
allows the selection of the transition between the processed and 
unprocessed states.
    Typically one would get an option between a &quot;soft knee&quot; and a &quot;hard 
knee&quot;. Sometimes
    the control allows the selection of any intermediate position 
between the two types of knee
    . Sometimes soft knee compression is referrer to as &quot;OverEasy&quot; 
(can&#39;t start to even figure why, i do not see a connection to eggs over 
easy),
    as used by DBX branded compressors. The soft knee allows for a 
smoother and more gradual compression.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Rótula blanda /soft knee&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;413&quot; src=&quot;http://www.doctorproaudio.com/doctor/temas/din_comp2.gif&quot; title=&quot;Rótula blanda /soft knee&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Stereo link&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;In general, when dynamics processors are used to
    process a stereo signal, we need to be able to link the processing on both
    channels such that it takes place on both channels at the same time. Otherwise
    the imaging will be confusing as it will change from the center to one of the
    sides or the other. Monophonic compressors often feature a link connection
    to be able to send a cable to another unit and synchronize the compression
    action.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: white;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
    &amp;nbsp;
  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Output gain&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Since compression introduces attenuation, this can be
    compensated by raising the output volume and in fact this control is often
    referred to as &quot;makeup gain&quot;, as it makes up for the
    compression-induced attenuation. Or, given that a compressor
    reduces the dynamics or a signal, we can raise the output gain to make use
    of all the available headroom of the equipment to which the compressor is
    connected, though that would also mean raising the background noise that was
    present in the signal.&amp;nbsp;To avoid the latter, compressors are often
    utilized in combination with noise gates, which may also come built into the
    compressors themselves.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;nbsp;
  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Automatic mode&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;It has become increasingly common to control some
    the compressor&#39;s parameters (typically attack and release times) automatically
    based on the signal&#39;s characteristics. This control enables that working
    mode. In general, automatic compression works well when one is looking for
    subtle compression, while the manual mode would be used for special effects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;nbsp;
  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Side Chain Listen&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Compressor that feature a Side Chain function
    (explained later) often provide a switch that routes of the side chain
    signal to the output of the compressor, which permits listening to it, which
    helps troubleshooting and setting the compressor.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;nbsp;
  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Bypass&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Allows comparing compressed and uncompressed signals.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2.3. Meters&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; Typically, compressors would feature at least some form of
attenuation (compression) meter, which is normally implemented as a row of LED
indicators. It informs the operator of how much attenuation in being applied so
that he or she can evaluate whether the signal is correctly compressed or not
(it could be over compressed or under compressed). The meter should show 0 dB
(i.e., no compression) at some point when the signal is present, otherwise some
of the compression is just continuous gain reduction that is best achieved with
a volume control.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2.4. Side Chain&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; Normally, the detection circuit uses a copy of the signal
being compressed to check whether it exceeds the threshold level or not.
However, many compressors allow using an external signal that is feed to the
detector via the Side Chain (sometimes also called key) input. That way it is
the external signal that triggers the compression, though it is the main signal
that gets compressed. There may be a switch that toggles the detection signal
between the main and the side chain signal, or sometimes, if the side chain
input uses a 1/4&quot; connector (often wrongly referred to as &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;jack in many
non-English speaking countries!&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;), it is the connector that enables the
function when the 1/4&quot; plug is inserted. This 1/4&quot; connector is an
insert type connector that carries both a send and a return signal, the send
carrying a copy of the main signal to facilitate its connection to a processor
(e.g., an equalizer) and then feeding it back to the detector through the return
part of the side chain connector.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; The most common use for this is using an equalizer for the
side chain, So much so that some compressors already provide EQ facilities for
the detector so that an external equalizer is not needed. For instance,
we could reduce the high frequencies on the signal feeding the detector to avoid
cymbals triggering the compressor. Or boost the sibilance frequencies to
compress them on the main signal, a process which is referred to as &quot;de-essing&quot;.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2.5. Setting a compressor depending on the application&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; First of all, we need to decide whether we need
compressing at all in the first place. Commercially available recordings are
already compressed, so that it is seldom necessary to add further compression.
In sound reinforcement applications, it is not common to use compression in a &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;creative&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
way to achieve specific effects, since it is the musicians that are responsible
for their own sound character through effects units or amplifier combos. One
must also bear in mind that compressing allows for increased average
energy to reach amplifiers and loudspeakers, which could also increase the
possibility of acoustic feedback, since a kind of &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;sustain&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; effect is
generated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Before using a compressor, we need to connect it in the
right place. If we use it in combination with a mixer, we will connect it to an
insert point. The insert outputs are always pre-fader, which means we do not
have to change the compressor&#39;s threshold every time the fader position is
changed. Since attenuation of the higher volume signals produces a kind of &lt;i&gt;sustain&lt;/i&gt;
effect, compression may worsen some situations where feedback is a problem. On
the other hand, if we apply compression to reduce the dynamic range and then add
an amount of gain such that peak levels of compressed and uncompressed signals
are the same, we are raising the average energy of the signal that gets to the
amplifiers and speakers, which may be useful if we are short of equipment for
the application, though it can potentially create thermal failure on the
speakers (i.e., we may burn a voice coil) or trigger the thermal protection of
the amplifiers (particularly if we are driving low impedance loads), which will
mute to protect the amplifier. If we have an oversized system for the
application, it&#39;s not a bad a idea to keep compression to a minimum on the
instruments to a minimum and thus preserve their natural dynamics.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Another side effect of compression is &lt;i&gt;dulling&lt;/i&gt; of
the sound, which is perceived as having less high frequency content. The
reason for this is as follows. The frequency content of music has a lot more
energy on the low frequencies than on the high frequencies. Which is why
VUmeters move following bass drum and bass guitar. When a bass drum is
compressed in the context of a full mix, we are also compressing the cymbal
hits that may happen at the same time and which is a lot lower in level. The
result of that is the aforementioned &lt;i&gt;dulling&lt;/i&gt; of the sound. This effect
can be minimized with slower attack times that let the percussive transients
through. Some degree of high frequency boost is also often applied to counteract
the &lt;i&gt;dulling&lt;/i&gt; effect. Alternatively, some compressors automatically boost
the high frequencies automatically during compression phases to avoid &lt;i&gt;dulling&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; If we are looking to limit the output
signal to a set level to protect a piece of equipment or avoid distortion,
we will use a compressor (acting as a limiter in this case) just before the
device (such as an amplifier or recorder). For instance, between the master
mixer output and the amplifier. If the amplifier already features a built-in
limiter that works as a function of the amplifier clip, it&#39;s probably best not
to use a compressor and let the amplifier do it. If the speaker system is active
and there is an active crossover with independent limiters per band, it would be
advised to use these, as their attack and release times would normally be
adequate for the frequency band being reproduced (quicker for high frequencies,
slower for bass). I like clean sound system with some headroom to spare, so i
would only occasionally active the limiter as a form of protection.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; In general, the criteria in this article are given as
overall guidelines and starting points, but they will depend on the specific
compressor model and they may have to be fiddled with by ear.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Limiters&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;For the compressor to work as a limiter, we will adjust the compression ratio to 20:1.
Unlike compression, limiting is utilized as a brick wall that avoids signal
peaks causing damage to speakers or overloading amplifiers (or recording
devices), so limiters should only activate occasionally. Otherwise the effect
will be very audible and sound quality will suffer. Attack times need to be fast
to ovoid overload or over-excursion (on the speaker). Since there is always some
degree of limiter &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;overshoot&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; (the limiter takes a finite time to provide
full limiting, so some transient peaks may escape the limiting action), the threshold
level may have to be set 2 or 3 dB lower than the level we do not want to exceed,
so as to allow for some time for the limiter to be able to clamp the signal down.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Depending on the speed of a limiter&#39;s attack time, some limiters may distort
the signal, working as abrupt wave form &lt;i&gt;clippers&lt;/i&gt;. As mentioned earlier,
some compressors are equipped with dedicated peak limiters. If so, we will make
use of then as they are specifically designed for the job.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
A specific type of limiter is the one that may be integrated into a power
amplifier&#39;s channel to prevent continuous clip. If they are correctly designed,
the compression (limiting) threshold is not fixed, and compression is only
activated when the amplifier channel is actually clipping. The output voltage at
which the amplifier clips may vary as a function of the type of signal and the
mains power supply voltage, so the limiter would use a &quot;floating&quot;
threshold to get the limiter to track the amplifier clip, avoiding unnecessary
limiting when the amplifier is not clipping, or avoid the amplifier clipping
when the mains voltage is lower than nominal AC power levels. In the case of the
limiters in a crossover or controller, ideally they receive a &quot;sense&quot;
signal from the amplifier to determine whether the amplifier for a given band is
clipping or not, though the additional cabling makes it somewhat cumbersome for
live sound applications. It the crossover unit is taking care of the limiting, in
practice we have a multiband compressor and, if compression attack and release
times are user selectable, we will need to chose faster timer for the high frequencies
and slower ones for the low frequencies, thus optimizing the compromise between
protection and audibility.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;Ducking&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Ducking&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; refers to reducing (like a duck lowers its head) the level of a
signal when another signal is being played. The standard example would be that
of music being lowered when a DJ or presenter starts to talk. To achieve it we
would use a copy of the presenter&#39;s voice fed into the detector circuit via
the side chain (key) input.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;Ringing out&lt;/i&gt; a system&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;A compressor can be used to aid setting up a system when it is being &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;ringed
out,&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; i.e. its main feedback frequencies are being removed with an equalizer
or a feedback elimination type unit. The compressor will have a low threshold
level and infinity-to-1 ratio with hard knee characteristics. With no signal
present, we will gradually increase the volume until the first feedback
frequency rings. The compressor will catch it and keep it at a constant safe
level, making adjusting the equalization an easier task. The process will
typically be repeated until the third or fourth feedback frequency has been &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;ringed
out&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;De-essing (compressing sibilance)&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Certain singers exhibit excessive &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;essing,&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; which causes obvious sibilance.
The side chain can be used to feed the detector with a signal that has the sibilance
frequencies boosted such that the compressor is most sensitive to them. An
equalizer is inserted in the side chain that would apply about 10 dBs to the 3.5-8 kHz
region. That way, compression will take place 10 dBs before on sibilant sounds.
The &quot;s&quot; sounds should trigger about 5 dB of compression, which will be
set to be relatively fast. Normally the manufacturer provides a side chain
output, which is just a copy of the input signal, but makes it easier to carry it
to the equalizer or other gear. Sometimes the output and input for the side
chain are in the same 1/4&quot; stereo connector, like on a mixer insert. The illustration
shows the configuration for de-essing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Compresión de sibilancia / de-essing&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;431&quot; src=&quot;http://www.doctorproaudio.com/doctor/temas/din_comp_sidechain.gif&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot; title=&quot;Compresión de sibilancia / de-essing&quot; width=&quot;500&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
For live sound this is quite a cumbersome configuration, so it would probably
only be worth doing it if &lt;i&gt;de-essing&lt;/i&gt; was built into the compressor.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&quot;Pop&quot; compression&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Basically the same thing as de-essing, but the &quot;popping&quot; frequencies
(around 50 Hz) would be boosted on the equalizer to compress microphone handling
pop sounds.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Voices&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;In live sound applications, the singers often place the microphone very close to
their mouths. This generates very large volume changes from small changes in
distance to the microphone. Sometimes, the singer may have a tendency to shout.
For those reasons, some compression will help us to achieve more uniform levels.
On the other hand, human hearing is very sensitive to manipulations on the
voice, so compression should be as transparent as possible. Compression for the
voice would normally use a soft knee setting and a compression ratio between 3:1
and 6:1, depending on the application. Attack time should be fast, and release
time around 0.4 seconds. Level reduction should be about 5 to 7 dB on the
loudest passages. For more rock type voices, we can use heavier compression with
up to 10:1 ratio, a hard knee setting and attenuation levels up to 15 dB.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
A benefit of compressing is a certain feeling of warmth as the artist&#39;s
whispers can be heard. However, other low level vocal noises such as breathing
and lip smack are also emphasized, so a noise gate (if the compressor has a
built-in gate, this can be used) is sometimes needed to eliminate or attenuate them.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Acoustic guitar&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;(These settings are also valid for acoustic sounding electric guitars). Attack
times should be in the 5-40 ms range, with around 0.5 s release. Slower times
allow the percussive attack of the string to pass through. Ratios should be
between 5:1 and 10:1, with around 5-10 dB level reduction.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Electric guitar&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;In general, the sound of the electric guitar does not need compression in sound reinforcement
applications, since the much needed sustain is provided by the guitar amplifier
and/or a compression pedal. If necessary, though, attack time should be in the 2-5
ms range (slower if some emphasis is to be preserved), and some 0.5 s release.
Ratios should be around 6-10:1, with 8-15 dB compression and a hard knee setting.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
For funk type sounds, compression should be higher, using a low thresholds
and ratios around 6:1 with a soft knee settings.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Bass drum and snare&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;By and large, quite substantial compression is applied to the drums, particularly
if the drummer&#39;s technique is not very consistent. Ratios should be around
4:1, with an attack time somewhere between
1 and 10 ms, closer to the latter if we want to emphasize the attack, which is
particularly useful for adding presence and depth to the bass drum. Release
times should be between 20 and 200ms; and in any case shorter than the time
between drum hits. The threshold should be set such that the compression meter
shows just a little compression in the softest parts and up to 15 dB on the
loudest beats. Hard knee.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Pre-recorded drum sounds from a drum machine or samples from a drum module
triggered by an acoustical or electronic drum set will require less compression
that a real drum set picked up with microphones.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Bass&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Like electric guitarists, (electric) bass players will normally provide an
already compressed signal to the sound guy, given that compression is an
integral part of their sound. In any case, bass is a the foundation of rock and
pop music, so it is important that its level does not vary too much. Try attack
times between 2 and 10 ms (slower times will emphasize the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;slap&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;), with 0,5 s
release. From 4 to 10:1 hard knee compression, meter showing 5-15 dB attenuation.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Brass&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;1 to 5 ms attack and around 250 ms release. Hard knee compression with 6 to 15:1
ratio and 7-15 dB level reduction.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Synthesizers&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;In general, these sounds do not have a large dynamic range, so they do not need
much compression. For live sound, we can skip the compressor, though sometimes
different sounds can have widely different signal levels. A 4:1 ratio may be
enough to provide compression on the loudest sounds.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Instruments in general&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;We will use automatic times, or, if not available, fast attack times and around 0.5
s release. Around 5:1 ratio (soft knee) and about 10 dB compression.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Complete mixes&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;There are opposite lines of thought with respect to whether compression should me
used on the main signals or not. Some compression could be used to generate a
slight &quot;pumping&quot; effect and increase perceived signal levels, making it more
exciting. Ideally one would use a multi-band compressor for this. If not
available, we can use a fast attack time (around 5 ms) and the fastest release
that does not create excessive &quot;pumping&quot;.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;- Source (doctorproaudio.com) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/1248689925796833457'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/1248689925796833457'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/dynamics-processors-compressors-limiters.html' title='Dynamics Processors : Compressors / limiters'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-5543476373997084136</id><published>2012-08-27T22:06:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:13:13.308-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Compressors"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Gate"/><title type='text'>Dynamics Processors. A tutorial</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1.1. Introduction&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; It not uncommon to have the need to control
the volume (dynamics) of a signal in an automated way.
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; We may be trying to avoid too high a level
that will clip an amplifier or deafen the audience or send a speaker cone
excursing to hyperspace. Or we may just want to regain control on the voice of a
singer that will alternate shouting and whispering. Sometimes we will want to
avoid background noise when no signal is present.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; To perform all those functions, dynamics
processors come to our aid. These are commonly used in live sound reinforcement
as well as multi-track recording, while they are not used as often for
pre-recorded sound, which is assumed to have &lt;i&gt;canned&lt;/i&gt; controlled dynamics.
They are also not frequently used on fixed sound reinforcement installations
(unless they do live sound), even though volume control on these is sometimes
critical.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1.2. Defining dynamics processing&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;The concept of a dynamics processor is really
not that different from that of a person changing the volume by moving a mixer
fader. For instance, if we have a singer that starts singing too loud or getting
too close to the microphone, we will reduce the volume on that voice&#39;s channel.
In that case we are proving compression. When the singer is not singing, we may
move the fader all the way down to avoid background noise leaking into the main
outputs, thereby acting as a noise gate. There is basically a process whereby someone
is listening to the volume changes of a signal and taking the decision of whether
the volume needs to be changed or not. The graph below illustrates the
process : the auditory system detects the volume changes, and the brain commands
the hand to bring the fader up or down as a function of the signal volume.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Human Dynamics Processor&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;365&quot; src=&quot;http://www.doctorproaudio.com/doctor/temas/din_hum.gif&quot; title=&quot;Human Dynamics Processor&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; This human dynamics processor has its
limitations. It can only control one channel, it is slow, and its actions are
not repeatable. We might want to use a robot with an articulated arm that would
ride a mixer&#39;s faders. In practice, though, we choose an electronic device that
performs an equivalent function. The electronic version is not very different
from a philosophic point of view, though it does away with its limitations.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; As show below, the input to a dynamics
processor is split into two. One of these signal copies will be processed by a
gain changing element, which will typically be a voltage controlled amplifier (VCA)
or a digital equivalent. The other copy goes to a detection circuit that rides
the VCA. For the volume changes to be smooth, an envelope generator is used to
ramp volume changes and thus avoid abrupt audible changes. The slope and shape
of the ramp can be modified, as we will see later. Often we can choose to feed
the detector with the input signal or, alternatively, an external signal which
is referred to as the &quot;Side Chain&quot; or &quot;Key&quot; signal.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Electronic Dynamics Processor&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;365&quot; src=&quot;http://www.doctorproaudio.com/doctor/temas/din_vca.gif&quot; title=&quot;Electronic Dynamics Processor&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; One of the side effects of using analog
volume control elements (VCAs) to process the signal is noise. The quietest VCAs
tend to be expensive, and therefore only included in highly professional
equipment. As well as a good VCA, a quality dynamics processor also needs a good
detection stage, which is by no means easy to design. Which would explain why
only a handful of brands on both side of the Atlantic enjoy a reputation for
quality dynamics processors and are used for serious sound reinforcement. &lt;b&gt;A
good dynamics processor should make it easy to control dynamics transparently&lt;/b&gt;,
avoiding any kind of audible undesired &quot;pumping&quot; and &quot;breathing&quot;
effects. Newer digital units, often built into digital mixers, do not suffer
from noise problems, though quality dynamics processing algorithms are not easy
to come by, and therefore it will probably be unrealistic to expect quality
compression or gating from inexpensive digital products.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1.3. Types&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
The more commonly used dynamics processors are :&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;blockquote style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
      &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
A &lt;b&gt;compressor / limiter&lt;/b&gt; attenuates or limits signals
      exceeding a pre-defined signal level. There exists an special version of a
      compressor/limiter called &quot;de-esser&quot;, which tames excessive
      levels of the portion of the frequency spectrum where sibilance occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
A limiter is only a form of compressor.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
      &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
A &lt;b&gt;noise gate&lt;/b&gt; mutes or attenuates signals below a
      pre-defined signal level. If it allows the selection of the attenuation
      level (as opposed to just providing total attenuation, i.e. muting), it is
      referred to as a &quot;downward expander&quot;.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; There also exists the &quot;true
expander&quot;, though in practice there are no commercial devices that perform
true expansion, which would entail amplifying signals above a specified level
and attenuating those below it, therefore &lt;i&gt;expanding&lt;/i&gt; the dynamics of a
signal.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; We could also speak of &lt;b&gt;digital&lt;/b&gt; (those
that process a digitized signal) and &lt;b&gt;analog&lt;/b&gt; devices. In reality, (good)
digital devices can work like their analog counterparts, though normally one
uses their processing power to increase manipulation possibilities. For
instance, for recording and other non-real time applications, we could compress a
signal using a &quot;look-ahead&quot; buffer to make compression/limiting decisions
based on what is still to come, so that, for instance, we could start
compressing a peak before it exceeds the threshold, avoiding the transient
overshoot that would occur on an analog compressor and doing so in an inaudible
way.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1.4. Controls&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Different dynamics processors will provide differing sets of controls and
indicators. In general, the controls we will find on dedicated units (built-in
ones may obviate some of the controls) are :&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Threshold&lt;/b&gt;. When the signal goes above or below this level, the
    processing starts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Attack time&lt;/b&gt;. It&#39;s the time it takes for the signal to get
    attenuated/limited/muted/amplified. In general, low attack times work better
    with low frequency signal and, conversely, faster attack times do a better
    job with high frequency signals. When processing a full range signal, attack
    times are generally based on the lowest frequencies present in the signal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Release time&lt;/b&gt;. It&#39;s the opposite of attack time, i.e., the time it
    takes for the signal to go from a processed state to not being processed.
    Release times are normally longer than attack times.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Hold Time&lt;/b&gt;. Specifies the minimum time that a compressor or gate
    will process the signal for.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Ratio&lt;/b&gt;. Defines the amount of attenuation or gain that will be
    applied to the signal. On noise gates, it may be pre-set so that it is just
    a muting effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Stereo Link&lt;/b&gt;. Used to process a stereo signal such that both
    channels are always processed at the same time, even if one of them 
has not triggered
    the processing. This avoids confusing image shifts from the center 
to one of the sides when only one of the channels is being compressed or
    gated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Automatic&lt;/b&gt;. It is becoming more and more common to control some of
    the parameters defined above (typically attack and release times)
    automatically based on the signal characteristics. This control activates or
    deactivates that feature.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Bypass&lt;/b&gt;. Allows comparing of the original versus the processed
    signal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; class=&quot;cabezaverde&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1.5. Meters and indicators&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
The most common visual indicators provided on dynamics processors are given
below. You may not always find them, or you may get additional ones:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Gain or attenuation meter&lt;/b&gt;. It is normally implemented as a row of
    LEDs and indicates the amount of attenuation or gain being applied, to
    visually judge whether we are over processing or not processing at all. On
    noise gates we will normally only find an activation light.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Activation LED&lt;/b&gt;. Shows when processing is taking place.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;-Source ( doctorproaudio.com)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/5543476373997084136'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/5543476373997084136'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/dynamics-processors-tutorial.html' title='Dynamics Processors. A tutorial'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-8322415590797519898</id><published>2012-08-27T22:01:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T03:15:21.046-07:00</updated><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;es&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Verdana; font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Setting Up A PA System&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
PA Systems come in many different shapes and sizes, 
ranging from the very elaborate systems used in large stadiums all the 
way down to a simple microphone patched into your home stereo.  Listed 
below are several of the most common setups.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
The Bare Bones&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Basic PA system tutorial / lesson&quot; height=&quot;150&quot; src=&quot;http://www.thefxcode.com/audio/PASetup3.gif&quot; title=&quot;Basic PA system&quot; width=&quot;370&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;The above example  is about as basic a system
 as you can get.  Hooking it together is relatively simple.  The most 
important thing to remember when hooking up any size PA is the direction
 of the signal.  This is indicated above by the red arrows.  The signal 
starts with your mouth (or drum, or horn, or whatever), then goes 
through the microphone into the system, then routes its way through the 
amp, and finally into the speaker where it leaves the system as a much 
louder sound.  A good rule of thumb is to remember that when plugging 
something in (like an amp), whatever you plug into the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;input&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; should be coming &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;from&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; the direction of your mouth while whatever you plug into the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;output&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; should be heading &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;toward&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; the speaker.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;An easier way to think of it might be to think of
 it as a river, the microphone being upstream, the speaker being 
downstream, and the amp being a reservoir in between.  As the water (the
 signal) flows from upstream (the Microphone), it must enter the 
reservoir (the amp) through an &lt;i&gt;input&lt;/i&gt;, and then exit the reservoir through an &lt;i&gt;output&lt;/i&gt; until finally, it reaches the downstream side (the speaker).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;So, that&#39;s the theory (complete with a 
picturesque metaphor).  Now here is the reality.  In the example above, 
you would plug things up in this order.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug the mic cord into microphone (There is only one place to plug it in.  Technically it&#39;s an &quot;output&quot;).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug the other end of the mic cord into the &quot;input&quot; of the amplifier (remember, input is coming &lt;i&gt;from&lt;/i&gt; the microphone).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug the speaker cord into the speaker &quot;output&quot; of the amplifier (the signal is flowing out of the amp &lt;i&gt;toward&lt;/i&gt; the speaker).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
    &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug the other end of the speaker cord into the 
&quot;input&quot; on the speaker (the signal is coming from the microphone through
 the amp &lt;i&gt;to&lt;/i&gt; the speaker).
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;And there you have it.  You have successfully 
hooked up your first basic PA system.  Of course, although it will 
amplify the sound, this particular system won&#39;t be of much practical use
 to you in any real life playing situation.  It still lacks three 
essential ingredients.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span lang=&quot;ES&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3 align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
The Essentials&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;basic pa system set up / Mixer, equalizer setup&quot; height=&quot;195&quot; src=&quot;http://www.thefxcode.com/audio/PASetup4.gif&quot; title=&quot;Basic PA system&quot; width=&quot;670&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;With the addition of a mixer (soundboard), an equalizer (EQ),
 and a set of full range speaker cabinets, we have created a small PA 
system that can be used both for rehearsal and for some gigs.  The 
principle of signal direction stays consistent.  As the arrows indicate,
 the signal again starts at the microphone passing through each 
component in turn until it reaches the speakers where it exits the 
system as an audible, much louder sound.  It is important to note the 
order in which the components are hooked up.  No matter how many more 
components (such as effects or compressors) are added, these basic 
building blocks should always line up in this order relative to each 
other. The EQ should always be connected somewhere between the output of
 the mixer and the input of the power amp, the microphone should always 
be on the input side of the mixer, and the speakers should always follow
 the amplifier.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Keeping in mind signal direction, the system shown in example 2 should be hooked up like this:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug the mic cord into the microphone (only one end of the cord will fit).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug the other end of the mic cord into any &quot;input&quot; channel of the mixer (input comes &lt;i&gt;from&lt;/i&gt; the microphone).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug a high Z cable (patch cable) into the &quot;main out&quot; of the mixer (the signal is flowing out of the board &lt;i&gt;toward&lt;/i&gt; the speakers).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug the other end of this cord into the &quot;input&quot; of the equalizer (the signal is flowing &lt;i&gt;from&lt;/i&gt; the microphone).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug one end of a high Z cord into the &quot;output&quot; of the equalizer (the signal is flowing out of the EQ &lt;i&gt;toward&lt;/i&gt; the speakers).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug the other end of this cord into the &quot;input&quot; of the power amp (the signal is flowing &lt;i&gt;from&lt;/i&gt; the microphone).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug two speaker cords into two speaker &quot;outputs&quot; on the power amp (the signal is flowing through the amp &lt;i&gt;toward&lt;/i&gt; the speakers).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
Plug the other ends of these cords into the &quot;inputs&quot; of the speakers (the signal is coming &lt;i&gt;from&lt;/i&gt; the microphone to the speaker).
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;Warning:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Never 
  plug anything other than a speaker into the output of a power amp. A &quot;speaker 
  out&quot; connection carries a very strong signal that can and probably will cause 
  damage to the other components.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;h3 align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&amp;nbsp;- &lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Source (thefxcode.com)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;span lang=&quot;ES&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;es&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Verdana; font-size: large;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/8322415590797519898'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/8322415590797519898'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/setting-up-pa-system-pa-systems-come-in.html' title=''/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-6953313411521716266</id><published>2012-08-27T21:41:00.003-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-27T21:43:06.711-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Equalizer"/><title type='text'>How to EQ a Room</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;ol class=&quot;steps_list_2&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Place a dynamic &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wikihow.com/Set-Up-a-Simple-One-Microphone-Sound-System&quot; title=&quot;Set Up a Simple One Microphone Sound System&quot;&gt;microphone&lt;/a&gt; with a cardioid pattern at the center of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wikihow.com/Have-a-Good-Stage-Presence&quot; title=&quot;Have a Good Stage Presence&quot;&gt;stage&lt;/a&gt; and point it toward where a person would speak or perform&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;div class=&quot;wh_ad&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wh_ad_inner&quot; id=&quot;wikihowad_0&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;adunit adunitp0&quot;&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;adunit1&quot; style=&quot;padding-top: 3px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Ask anyone making &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wikihow.com/Prevent-Noise-Pollution&quot; title=&quot;Prevent Noise Pollution&quot;&gt;noise&lt;/a&gt; on the stage to leave so they don’t corrupt the EQ process&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Set all of the microphone’s EQ channels on the mixing board to flat&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Bypass the compressor-limiters, feedback destroyers and other similar processors so you get a clean signal&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Move the microphone and instrument channels in the monitor(s) to about where they need to be for the performance&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Adjust the Main House EQ so it’s set to the Center position&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Turn the mixer’s Input Gain to “Off” and the channel fader to 0dB or -10dB&lt;/b&gt;. The fader setting on the Main Out needs to be at -10 or 0dB.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Raise the Input Gain slowly until you hear a ringing noise from the speaker system&lt;/b&gt;. Turn it down until the sound stops.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Manipulate the channel fader to cause the speaker system to ring at a low, nearly steady tone&lt;/b&gt;.
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A real-time analyzer will show you which frequency is ringing, but 
it isn’t the most accurate reading. If you have a multimeter with 
frequency, plug it into the Headset Out and use the Pre-Fade Listen 
(PFL) Output as a signal. The better reading you get, the more accurate 
your adjustments when you want to properly EQ a room.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Decrease the ringing by -3dB on its frequency, which should eliminate the ringing sound&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Raise the fader once the ringing stops&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Repeat these steps for each slider until several of the frequencies rise at once or until one of the frequencies hits -12dB&lt;/b&gt;.
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you hit the EQ’s bottom before this happens, there’s a problem with the room itself or with the system design.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Turn the master monitor volume back to your preferred level for the performance&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li class=&quot;steps_li final_li&quot;&gt;&lt;b class=&quot;whb&quot;&gt;Ask someone to stand at the microphone(s) and instrument(s) and check them so you can adjust the levels of each individual input&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Source (Wikihow) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/6953313411521716266'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/6953313411521716266'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/how-to-eq-room.html' title='How to EQ a Room'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-1037817395046570164</id><published>2012-08-27T21:38:00.004-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-27T21:43:19.285-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Equalizer"/><title type='text'>Graphic EQ</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
The &lt;b&gt;Graphic EQ&lt;/b&gt; is ubiquitous, and almost essential in any PA system.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
What it is&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Physically, it is usually a 19&quot; rack-mounted box with vertical 
faders, each controlling a limited frequency range. Generally it will be
between 1U and 3U in height. It will usually have two identical channels
 (although some single-channel graphics are available, and have their 
uses). Each channel will have either ten, fifteen, or thirty-one 
(sometimes only thirty) frequency bands. Usually, the centre frequency 
of each band will be an ISO (&lt;b&gt;International Standards Organisation&lt;/b&gt;) standard frequency. For
reference, over 31 bands these are:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
20Hz, 25Hz, 31.5Hz, 40Hz, 50Hz, 63Hz, 80Hz, 100Hz, 125Hz 160Hz, 
200Hz, 250Hz, 315Hz, 400Hz, 500Hz, 630Hz, 800Hz, 1kHz, 1.25kHz, 1.6kHz, 
2kHz, 2.5kHz, 3.15kHz, 4kHz, 5kHz, 6.3kHz, 8kHz, 10kHz, 12.5kHz, 16kHz, 
&amp;amp; 20kHz.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
On a thirty-one band graphic equaliser, each band covers one third of
 an octave (you can work this out from the fact that one octave 
represents a doubling - or, going the other way, halving - of frequency,
 and there are ten octaves between 20Hz and 20kHz: on a 31-band graphic 
there are three steps between each doubling of frequency). Ten-band 
(octave) and fifteen-band (2/3 octave) graphics are not generally 
adequate for live applications, as each frequency band is too broad for 
anything more than approximate tone shaping.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
What it does&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
It boosts or cuts a signal in one or more narrow parts of its 
frequency range. A line taken across the faders gives a graph-like view 
of the approximate overall effect, which is why this kind of equaliser 
is called a graphic EQ.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
How it works&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Each fader controls the level of an individual bandpass filter 
circuit, dealing with its own specific frequency range. Moving the fader
 up boosts that range, and moving the fader down reduces it. The 
combined effect of the filters is to change the overall balance of 
frequencies.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
How do you use it?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
If all else fails, read the manual! You can also find general guidelines on many manufacturer websites.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
A graphic EQ can be connected to a PA system in one of two ways: &lt;i&gt;on inserts&lt;/i&gt;, or &lt;i&gt;in-line&lt;/i&gt;.
 Using the main (left &amp;amp; right or group) mixer inserts will mean that
 any changes to the graphic settings will be seen on the channel meters,
 and heard on headphones or listen wedge. This is considered an 
advantage by many sound engineers. If a graphic EQ is connected in-line 
(i.e. between the mixer outputs and the crossover or power amp inputs), 
changes will only be heard through the main or monitor speaker system, 
and the mixer&#39;s meters may not accurately represent the signal strength 
at the controller or amplifier inputs.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
The main use of a graphic EQ in live PA systems is to correct 
anomalies in the overall sound, and (to a limited extent) control 
feedback. Overall tone shaping (largely a matter of individual taste) is
 another common application.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
As a corrective measure, cutting a particular frequency is generally 
more effective than boosting other frequencies. There are several 
technical reasons for this, but a simple thing to bear in mind is that 
the peaks &lt;i&gt;stand out&lt;/i&gt;, and are therefore more noticeable (imagine a
 level floor - the theoretical ideal - and think of the difference 
between stepping on a nail and stepping on a nail-shaped dent in it). 
Taking out the peaks will have more useful effect (and is easier) than 
trying to fill the holes. Boosting is the equivalent of creating a more 
spiky floor, while cutting is the equivalent of creating a more dented 
one.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
The anomalies EQ was designed to address arise from peaks and dips in overall frequency response.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Generally, peaks are caused by resonance. Where resonances arise from
 instruments or the PA system itself, EQ can limit the damage, but it 
cannot eliminate them, or remove room resonances (often a major 
culprit). Also, resonance is a design feature of most musical 
instruments, and while reducing the most obvious &quot;honk&quot; from a harmonica
 will help it sit more comfortably in the mix, trying to remove it 
altogether will rob it of what makes it sound like a harmonica.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Dips in response often result from phase cancellation (over which EQ 
is completely powerless), masking by obstacles (pillars and walls, over 
which EQ is relatively powerless), or inefficiency of the sound system 
in that frequency range (microphones and speakers are the most likely 
contributors here). The higher frequencies will not reach listeners at 
the back if the speakers are on tables at waist height, and EQ will be a
 much less useful solution to this than speaker stands. Try changing the
 type and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.astralsound.com/speaker_position.htm&quot;&gt;position of speakers&lt;/a&gt;
and mics first.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
As a rule of thumb, use &lt;i&gt;any&lt;/i&gt; EQ as little as possible. Only 
resort to EQ if no other remedy is available, and apply it sparingly to 
the most obvious problem frequencies. A thirty-one band graphic gives 
you reasonably precise control. If you apply drastic cut to most of the 
mid-band (the novice&#39;s &quot;smile&quot; EQ), you are wasting its precision.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
If your experience of using a graphic EQ is limited, try the 
following (start with all the graphic faders at their mid - 0dB of cut 
or boost - position):&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;number&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;1. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Corrective.&lt;/b&gt; Using a CD player or similar 
source, play some material that has detail throughout the useful 
frequency range (i.e. 40Hz - 16kHz) through one channel (left, right, or
 one monitor channel) of the system. Boost each frequency range in turn 
on the graphic EQ. If the effect of boosting it simply makes that 
frequency stand out, return the fader to the mid position. If boosting 
it makes it boom, honk, squawk, shriek or whistle (or if boosting it 
makes it seem uncomfortably loud), move the fader below the mid 
position. How far below you move it is a judgment call, and depends on 
how badly it boomed, honked, squawked, shrieked or whistled. Either 
repeat this procedure for each channel individually, or copy the 
settings from the first channel to other channels using the same 
amplifiers and speakers.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;number reduced&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;2. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Corrective.&lt;/b&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Using a CD player or 
similar source (or the mixer&#39;s pink noise generator, if it has one) play
 some pink noise through one channel of the system. Use a calibrated 
microphone and spectrum analyser to view the output in the listening 
area (preferably, do this in more than one room position). Use the 
graphic EQ to reduce the level of any obvious peaks. It is usually 
unnecessary to get a flat reading (&amp;amp; it might sound a bit grim if 
you do), so after you have done this check the sound using some material
 that has detail throughout the useful frequency range, and if necessary
 reduce the biggest cuts by a few dB until it sounds OK. Either repeat 
this procedure for each channel individually, or copy the settings from 
the first channel to other channels using the same amplifiers and 
speakers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;number reduced&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;3. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=4786372742257039523&quot; id=&quot;Feedback&quot; name=&quot;Feedback&quot; style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Feedback control.&lt;/b&gt;
 &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;With most of the mics you will be using in place, set up with 
appropriate gain, &amp;amp; with all relevant input channels open, raise the
 fader of an output channel until it is on the verge of feeding back. 
Boost each frequency range in turn on the graphic EQ. If you can get it 
to the top without feeding back, return it to the mid position. If you 
can&#39;t get it to the top, move it as far below the mid position as it was
 below the top when it started feeding back. Check the sound using some 
material that has detail throughout the useful frequency range, and 
reduce the biggest cuts a little if it doesn&#39;t sound OK. If the system 
feeds back at a lot of frequencies (more than ten, say), you are pretty 
much at the limit of your usable headroom, and getting it any louder 
will only be achieved at the expense of noticeable colouration.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;number reduced&quot;&gt;
3. &lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;Overall tone shaping.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Using a CD 
player or similar source, play some material that you know well 
(preferably with some detail throughout the useful frequency range), and
 have heard through a high quality sound system. Boost each frequency 
range in turn on the graphic EQ. Return the fader to the mid position 
unless boosting that frequency sounds horrible, in which case cut it a 
bit (in proportion to the horrible).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
With any frequency alteration, bear in mind in mind that any change is &lt;i&gt;relative&lt;/i&gt;:
 the effect of boosting or cutting one frequency range will be heard in 
relation to the overall sound. For example, substantially boosting bass 
frequencies will make the higher frequencies less noticeable in 
comparison (so it may sound &quot;duller&quot; or &quot;muddier&quot;). Similarly, cuts in 
the lower frequencies may make the overall sound &quot;clearer&quot; or &quot;crisper&quot;,
 as well as &quot;thinner&quot;.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Most graphic EQs have a master section, with controls that might typically include:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;bullet&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Input level.&lt;/b&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Some graphic EQs have meters or 
overload lights, and allow some attenuation or boosting of the input 
signal to bring it within the EQ&#39;s nominal operating range.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;bullet reduced&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• Output level.&lt;/b&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Even quite modest 
amounts of cut or boost in only a few frequency bands can be enough to 
cause a noticeable difference in the overall volume (both as it is 
heard, and as it appears on any subsequent meters). An output level 
control allows you to restore the overall volume, so that the graphic EQ
 affects only the tonal balance of the sound, not its apparent level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;bullet reduced&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• High-pass and low-pass controls.&lt;/b&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;Many graphic EQs include &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.astralsound.com/mixers1.htm#shelving&quot; style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;shelving EQ&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;,
 ranging from fixed high-pass and/or low-pass filters (with an In or Out
 switch), to filters with variable frequency and variable gain. If you 
want to cut or boost the highest or lowest ranges, use these (rather 
than the faders).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;bullet reduced&quot;&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;• EQ in/out.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; Most graphic EQs allow you
 to bypass the EQ (on some, high-pass and low-pass controls may also be 
selected independently). This is useful for instant comparison: it is 
important that any changes you make actually &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;improve&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt; the sound. 
In/Out comparison is made easier if the output level is adjusted so that
 switching the EQ in or out has no apparent effect on the overall 
volume. Sounds can apparently &quot;improve&quot; (or get worse) from changes in 
volume, so comparison without level matching may be misleading.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
If you get the chance, play with a graphic EQ (using a variety of 
material) until you are familiar with the effect of cutting or boosting
different frequencies. You can also improve your frequency recognition 
by downloading the (free) &lt;b&gt;Simple Feedback Trainer&lt;/b&gt; from &lt;b&gt;Sourceforge&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
Do you need one?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Almost always.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;
What sort do you need?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
1/3 octave is a must! There are 12 semitones in an octave, so even a 
1/3 octave equaliser is relatively coarse when it comes to frequency 
control. Anything with less resolution - i.e.10-band (octave) or 15-band
 (2/3 octave) - is only useful for broad tone shaping.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
The frequencies below 40Hz and above 16kHz are not vital, so a couple
 of the standard 31 bands are dispensable. In/Out switches and level 
controls are useful. High-pass and low-pass switches and/or frequency 
selectors are useful too. If you have enough rack space, the longer the 
faders the better.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: white;&quot;&gt;
Other factors (like whether the filters are constant-Q) are more open
 to debate, but each EQ has its own sound, so - if you can - listen 
before you buy.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;- Source (astralsound.com) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/1037817395046570164'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/1037817395046570164'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/graphic-eq.html' title='Graphic EQ'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-1380424750253792672</id><published>2012-08-27T05:09:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-27T05:10:41.294-07:00</updated><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/1380424750253792672'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/1380424750253792672'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/blog-post.html' title=''/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4786372742257039523.post-56350555856981706</id><published>2012-08-27T05:09:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2012-09-15T04:21:20.840-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Audio Setup for Office"/><title type='text'>Basic Audio Setup for Office</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh1PYak5BQ2YSNOjFrW70O3R7rEBSBLxNuk1OwIQo43p_C8VlDIw5nUJP6uMnOklCOD8a_X49s9FGO_XAXwGPd-jzzfekFK9Bi5woFr1U_70zTKwyJI4UtKElkwBRsNXUJHVnoMOOg5ejPh/s1600/Basic+Audio.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Audio setup diagram for Office&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh1PYak5BQ2YSNOjFrW70O3R7rEBSBLxNuk1OwIQo43p_C8VlDIw5nUJP6uMnOklCOD8a_X49s9FGO_XAXwGPd-jzzfekFK9Bi5woFr1U_70zTKwyJI4UtKElkwBRsNXUJHVnoMOOg5ejPh/s400/Basic+Audio.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Audio Setup diagram for Office&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/56350555856981706'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4786372742257039523/posts/default/56350555856981706'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://publicaddressingsystem.blogspot.com/2012/08/basic-audio-setup-for-office.html' title='Basic Audio Setup for Office'/><author><name>Kingslin</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12494870832564248148</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvAFUWA_kFGvuz75R_da9y-rbAx4UZr57ZvtpQkO-nmYlUy_Iz_STD_TmIdQ11QITiNg1RJ4pqDGjw-nGCOmn0ECiRmUvcBm0sW8MlsAhcOvfPdiK_uf67Sy-JiPcksA/s220/63956949.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh1PYak5BQ2YSNOjFrW70O3R7rEBSBLxNuk1OwIQo43p_C8VlDIw5nUJP6uMnOklCOD8a_X49s9FGO_XAXwGPd-jzzfekFK9Bi5woFr1U_70zTKwyJI4UtKElkwBRsNXUJHVnoMOOg5ejPh/s72-c/Basic+Audio.jpg" height="72" width="72"/></entry></feed>